Movatterモバイル変換


[0]ホーム

URL:



HTTP Working Group                                      R. Fielding, Ed.Internet-Draft                                                     AdobeObsoletes:                                            M. Nottingham, Ed.           7230,7231,7232,7233,7235,7538                          Fastly           ,7615 (if approved)                           J. Reschke, Ed.Intended status: Standards Track                              greenbytesExpires: January 9, 2020                                    July 8, 2019HTTP Semanticsdraft-ietf-httpbis-semantics-05Abstract   The Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is a stateless application-   level protocol for distributed, collaborative, hypertext information   systems.  This document defines the semantics of HTTP: its   architecture, terminology, the "http" and "https" Uniform Resource   Identifier (URI) schemes, core request methods, request header   fields, response status codes, response header fields, and content   negotiation.   This document obsoletesRFC 7231,RFC 7232,RFC 7233,RFC 7235,RFC7538,RFC 7615, and portions ofRFC 7230.Editorial Note   This note is to be removed before publishing as an RFC.   Discussion of this draft takes place on the HTTP working group   mailing list (ietf-http-wg@w3.org), which is archived at   <https://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/ietf-http-wg/>.   Working Group information can be found at <https://httpwg.org/>;   source code and issues list for this draft can be found at   <https://github.com/httpwg/http-core>.   The changes in this draft are summarized inAppendix I.6.Status of This Memo   This Internet-Draft is submitted in full conformance with the   provisions ofBCP 78 andBCP 79.   Internet-Drafts are working documents of the Internet Engineering   Task Force (IETF).  Note that other groups may also distribute   working documents as Internet-Drafts.  The list of current Internet-   Drafts is athttps://datatracker.ietf.org/drafts/current/.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020                [Page 1]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   Internet-Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of six months   and may be updated, replaced, or obsoleted by other documents at any   time.  It is inappropriate to use Internet-Drafts as reference   material or to cite them other than as "work in progress."   This Internet-Draft will expire on January 9, 2020.Copyright Notice   Copyright (c) 2019 IETF Trust and the persons identified as the   document authors.  All rights reserved.   This document is subject toBCP 78 and the IETF Trust's Legal   Provisions Relating to IETF Documents   (https://trustee.ietf.org/license-info) in effect on the date of   publication of this document.  Please review these documents   carefully, as they describe your rights and restrictions with respect   to this document.  Code Components extracted from this document must   include Simplified BSD License text as described in Section 4.e of   the Trust Legal Provisions and are provided without warranty as   described in the Simplified BSD License.   This document may contain material from IETF Documents or IETF   Contributions published or made publicly available before November   10, 2008.  The person(s) controlling the copyright in some of this   material may not have granted the IETF Trust the right to allow   modifications of such material outside the IETF Standards Process.   Without obtaining an adequate license from the person(s) controlling   the copyright in such materials, this document may not be modified   outside the IETF Standards Process, and derivative works of it may   not be created outside the IETF Standards Process, except to format   it for publication as an RFC or to translate it into languages other   than English.Table of Contents1.  Introduction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71.1.  Requirements Notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91.2.  Syntax Notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92.  Architecture  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102.1.  Client/Server Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102.2.  Intermediaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122.3.  Caches  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142.4.  Uniform Resource Identifiers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152.5.  Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152.5.1.  http URI Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162.5.2.  https URI Scheme  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172.5.3.  Fragment Identifiers on http(s) URI References  . . .18Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020                [Page 2]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20192.5.4.  http and https URI Normalization and Comparison . . .183.  Conformance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193.1.  Implementation Diversity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193.2.  Role-based Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203.3.  Parsing Elements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203.4.  Error Handling  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213.5.  Protocol Versioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214.  Message Abstraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234.1.  Header Field Names  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234.1.1.  Header Field Name Registry  . . . . . . . . . . . . .254.1.2.  Header Field Extensibility  . . . . . . . . . . . . .264.1.3.  Considerations for New Header Fields  . . . . . . . .264.2.  Header Field Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274.2.1.  Header Field Order  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284.2.2.  Header Field Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294.2.3.  Header Field Value Components . . . . . . . . . . . .294.2.4.  Designing New Header Field Values . . . . . . . . . .314.3.  Whitespace  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324.4.  Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325.  Message Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335.1.  Identifying a Target Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335.2.  Routing Inbound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335.3.  Effective Request URI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345.4.  Host  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345.5.  Message Forwarding  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355.5.1.  Via . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365.5.2.  Transformations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386.  Representations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396.1.  Representation Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396.1.1.  Media Type  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.1.2.  Content Codings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426.1.3.  Language Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446.1.4.  Range Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446.2.  Representation Metadata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .476.2.1.  Content-Type  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486.2.2.  Content-Encoding  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .496.2.3.  Content-Language  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506.2.4.  Content-Length  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506.2.5.  Content-Location  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .526.3.  Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546.3.1.  Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546.3.2.  Identification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546.3.3.  Content-Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .556.3.4.  Media Type multipart/byteranges . . . . . . . . . . .576.4.  Content Negotiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596.4.1.  Proactive Negotiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606.4.2.  Reactive Negotiation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .617.  Request Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020                [Page 3]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20197.1.  Overview  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .627.2.  Common Method Properties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .647.2.1.  Safe Methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .647.2.2.  Idempotent Methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .657.2.3.  Cacheable Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667.3.  Method Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667.3.1.  GET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667.3.2.  HEAD  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .677.3.3.  POST  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .677.3.4.  PUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .687.3.5.  DELETE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.3.6.  CONNECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .727.3.7.  OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .737.3.8.  TRACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .747.4.  Method Extensibility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .757.4.1.  Method Registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .757.4.2.  Considerations for New Methods  . . . . . . . . . . .758.  Request Header Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .768.1.  Controls  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .768.1.1.  Expect  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .778.1.2.  Max-Forwards  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .798.2.  Preconditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .808.2.1.  Evaluation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .818.2.2.  Precedence  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .828.2.3.  If-Match  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .848.2.4.  If-None-Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .858.2.5.  If-Modified-Since . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .868.2.6.  If-Unmodified-Since . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .878.2.7.  If-Range  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .888.3.  Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .908.4.  Content Negotiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .918.4.1.  Quality Values  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .928.4.2.  Accept  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .938.4.3.  Accept-Charset  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .958.4.4.  Accept-Encoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .968.4.5.  Accept-Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .978.5.  Authentication Credentials  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .988.5.1.  Challenge and Response  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .988.5.2.  Protection Space (Realm)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.5.3.  Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1018.5.4.  Proxy-Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1018.5.5.  Authentication Scheme Extensibility . . . . . . . . .1028.6.  Request Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1048.6.1.  From  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1048.6.2.  Referer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058.6.3.  User-Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1069.  Response Status Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1079.1.  Overview of Status Codes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020                [Page 4]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20199.2.  Informational 1xx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1099.2.1.  100 Continue  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109.2.2.  101 Switching Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109.3.  Successful 2xx  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109.3.1.  200 OK  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109.3.2.  201 Created . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1119.3.3.  202 Accepted  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1119.3.4.  203 Non-Authoritative Information . . . . . . . . . .1129.3.5.  204 No Content  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1129.3.6.  205 Reset Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1139.3.7.  206 Partial Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1139.4.  Redirection 3xx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1169.4.1.  300 Multiple Choices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1189.4.2.  301 Moved Permanently . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1199.4.3.  302 Found . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1199.4.4.  303 See Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1209.4.5.  304 Not Modified  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1209.4.6.  305 Use Proxy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1219.4.7.  306 (Unused)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1219.4.8.  307 Temporary Redirect  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1219.4.9.  308 Permanent Redirect  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1229.5.  Client Error 4xx  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1229.5.1.  400 Bad Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1229.5.2.  401 Unauthorized  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1229.5.3.  402 Payment Required  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1239.5.4.  403 Forbidden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1239.5.5.  404 Not Found . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1239.5.6.  405 Method Not Allowed  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1249.5.7.  406 Not Acceptable  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1249.5.8.  407 Proxy Authentication Required . . . . . . . . . .1249.5.9.  408 Request Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1249.5.10. 409 Conflict  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1259.5.11. 410 Gone  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1259.5.12. 411 Length Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1259.5.13. 412 Precondition Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1269.5.14. 413 Payload Too Large . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1269.5.15. 414 URI Too Long  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1269.5.16. 415 Unsupported Media Type  . . . . . . . . . . . . .1269.5.17. 416 Range Not Satisfiable . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1279.5.18. 417 Expectation Failed  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1279.5.19. 418 (Unused)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1279.5.20. 422 Unprocessable Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1289.5.21. 426 Upgrade Required  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1289.6.  Server Error 5xx  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1289.6.1.  500 Internal Server Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1299.6.2.  501 Not Implemented . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1299.6.3.  502 Bad Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1299.6.4.  503 Service Unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020                [Page 5]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20199.6.5.  504 Gateway Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1299.6.6.  505 HTTP Version Not Supported  . . . . . . . . . . .1299.7.  Status Code Extensibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1309.7.1.  Status Code Registry  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1309.7.2.  Considerations for New Status Codes . . . . . . . . .13010. Response Header Fields  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13110.1.  Control Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13110.1.1.  Origination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13210.1.2.  Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13510.1.3.  Retry-After  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13610.1.4.  Vary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13710.2.  Validators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13810.2.1.  Weak versus Strong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13910.2.2.  Last-Modified  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14010.2.3.  ETag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14210.2.4.  When to Use Entity-Tags and Last-Modified Dates  . .14610.3.  Authentication Challenges  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14610.3.1.  WWW-Authenticate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14710.3.2.  Proxy-Authenticate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14810.3.3.  Authentication-Info  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14810.3.4.  Proxy-Authentication-Info  . . . . . . . . . . . . .14910.4.  Response Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15010.4.1.  Accept-Ranges  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15010.4.2.  Allow  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15010.4.3.  Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15111. ABNF List Extension: #rule  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15211.1.  Sender Requirements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15211.2.  Recipient Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15212. Security Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15312.1.  Establishing Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15312.2.  Risks of Intermediaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15412.3.  Attacks Based on File and Path Names . . . . . . . . . .15512.4.  Attacks Based on Command, Code, or Query Injection . . .15512.5.  Attacks via Protocol Element Length  . . . . . . . . . .15612.6.  Disclosure of Personal Information . . . . . . . . . . .15612.7.  Privacy of Server Log Information  . . . . . . . . . . .15712.8.  Disclosure of Sensitive Information in URIs  . . . . . .15712.9.  Disclosure of Fragment after Redirects . . . . . . . . .15812.10. Disclosure of Product Information  . . . . . . . . . . .15812.11. Browser Fingerprinting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15812.12. Validator Retention  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15912.13. Denial-of-Service Attacks Using Range  . . . . . . . . .16012.14. Authentication Considerations  . . . . . . . . . . . . .16012.14.1.  Confidentiality of Credentials  . . . . . . . . . .16012.14.2.  Credentials and Idle Clients  . . . . . . . . . . .16112.14.3.  Protection Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16112.14.4.  Additional Response Header Fields . . . . . . . . .16213. IANA Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020                [Page 6]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 201913.1.  URI Scheme Registration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16213.2.  Method Registration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16213.3.  Status Code Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16213.4.  Header Field Registration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16313.5.  Authentication Scheme Registration . . . . . . . . . . .16313.6.  Content Coding Registration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16313.7.  Range Unit Registration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16413.8.  Media Type Registration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16414. References  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16414.1.  Normative References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16414.2.  Informative References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166Appendix A.  Collected ABNF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172Appendix B.  Changes fromRFC 7230  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176Appendix C.  Changes fromRFC 7231  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177Appendix D.  Changes fromRFC 7232  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177Appendix E.  Changes fromRFC 7233  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177Appendix F.  Changes fromRFC 7235  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177Appendix G.  Changes fromRFC 7538  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177Appendix H.  Changes fromRFC 7615  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177Appendix I.  Change Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177I.1.  Between RFC723x and draft 00  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177I.2.  Sincedraft-ietf-httpbis-semantics-00 . . . . . . . . . .178I.3.  Sincedraft-ietf-httpbis-semantics-01 . . . . . . . . . .178I.4.  Sincedraft-ietf-httpbis-semantics-02 . . . . . . . . . .180I.5.  Sincedraft-ietf-httpbis-semantics-03 . . . . . . . . . .180I.6.  Sincedraft-ietf-httpbis-semantics-04 . . . . . . . . . .181   Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182   Acknowledgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190   Authors' Addresses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1901.  Introduction   The Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is a stateless application-   level request/response protocol that uses extensible semantics and   self-descriptive messages for flexible interaction with network-based   hypertext information systems.  HTTP is defined by a series of   documents that collectively form the HTTP/1.1 specification:   o  "HTTP Semantics" (this document)   o  "HTTP Caching" [Caching]   o  "HTTP/1.1 Messaging" [Messaging]   HTTP is a generic interface protocol for information systems.  It is   designed to hide the details of how a service is implemented by   presenting a uniform interface to clients that is independent of the   types of resources provided.  Likewise, servers do not need to beFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020                [Page 7]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   aware of each client's purpose: an HTTP request can be considered in   isolation rather than being associated with a specific type of client   or a predetermined sequence of application steps.  The result is a   protocol that can be used effectively in many different contexts and   for which implementations can evolve independently over time.   HTTP is also designed for use as an intermediation protocol for   translating communication to and from non-HTTP information systems.   HTTP proxies and gateways can provide access to alternative   information services by translating their diverse protocols into a   hypertext format that can be viewed and manipulated by clients in the   same way as HTTP services.   One consequence of this flexibility is that the protocol cannot be   defined in terms of what occurs behind the interface.  Instead, we   are limited to defining the syntax of communication, the intent of   received communication, and the expected behavior of recipients.  If   the communication is considered in isolation, then successful actions   ought to be reflected in corresponding changes to the observable   interface provided by servers.  However, since multiple clients might   act in parallel and perhaps at cross-purposes, we cannot require that   such changes be observable beyond the scope of a single response.   Each HTTP message is either a request or a response.  A server   listens on a connection for a request, parses each message received,   interprets the message semantics in relation to the identified   request target, and responds to that request with one or more   response messages.  A client constructs request messages to   communicate specific intentions, examines received responses to see   if the intentions were carried out, and determines how to interpret   the results.   HTTP provides a uniform interface for interacting with a resource   (Section 2.5), regardless of its type, nature, or implementation, via   the manipulation and transfer of representations (Section 6).   This document defines semantics that are common to all versions of   HTTP.  HTTP semantics include the intentions defined by each request   method (Section 7), extensions to those semantics that might be   described in request header fields (Section 8), the meaning of status   codes to indicate a machine-readable response (Section 9), and the   meaning of other control data and resource metadata that might be   given in response header fields (Section 10).   This document also defines representation metadata that describe how   a payload is intended to be interpreted by a recipient, the request   header fields that might influence content selection, and the variousFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020                [Page 8]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   selection algorithms that are collectively referred to as "content   negotiation" (Section 6.4).   This document defines HTTP range requests, partial responses, and the   multipart/byteranges media type.   This document obsoletes the portions ofRFC 7230 that are independent   of the HTTP/1.1 messaging syntax and connection management, with the   changes being summarized inAppendix B.  The other parts ofRFC 7230   are obsoleted by "HTTP/1.1 Messaging" [Messaging].  This document   also obsoletesRFC 7231 (seeAppendix C),RFC 7232 (seeAppendix D),RFC 7233 (seeAppendix E),RFC 7235 (seeAppendix F),RFC 7538 (seeAppendix G), andRFC 7615 (seeAppendix H).1.1.  Requirements Notation   The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",   "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in this   document are to be interpreted as described in [RFC2119].   Conformance criteria and considerations regarding error handling are   defined inSection 3.1.2.  Syntax Notation   This specification uses the Augmented Backus-Naur Form (ABNF)   notation of [RFC5234], extended with the notation for case-   sensitivity in strings defined in [RFC7405].   It also uses a list extension, defined inSection 11, that allows for   compact definition of comma-separated lists using a '#' operator   (similar to how the '*' operator indicates repetition).Appendix A   shows the collected grammar with all list operators expanded to   standard ABNF notation.   As a convention, ABNF rule names prefixed with "obs-" denote   "obsolete" grammar rules that appear for historical reasons.   The following core rules are included by reference, as defined inAppendix B.1 of [RFC5234]: ALPHA (letters), CR (carriage return),   CRLF (CR LF), CTL (controls), DIGIT (decimal 0-9), DQUOTE (double   quote), HEXDIG (hexadecimal 0-9/A-F/a-f), HTAB (horizontal tab), LF   (line feed), OCTET (any 8-bit sequence of data), SP (space), and   VCHAR (any visible US-ASCII character).Section 4.2.3 defines some generic syntactic components for header   field values.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020                [Page 9]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   The rules below are defined in [Messaging]:     obs-fold         = <obs-fold, see [Messaging], Section 5.2>     protocol-name    = <protocol-name, see [Messaging], Section 9.8>     protocol-version = <protocol-version, see [Messaging], Section 9.8>     request-target   = <request-target, see [Messaging], Section 3.2>   This specification uses the terms "character", "character encoding   scheme", "charset", and "protocol element" as they are defined in   [RFC6365].2.  Architecture   HTTP was created for the World Wide Web (WWW) architecture and has   evolved over time to support the scalability needs of a worldwide   hypertext system.  Much of that architecture is reflected in the   terminology and syntax productions used to define HTTP.2.1.  Client/Server Messaging   HTTP is a stateless request/response protocol that operates by   exchanging messages (Section 2 of [Messaging]) across a reliable   transport- or session-layer "connection" (Section 9 of [Messaging]).   An HTTP "client" is a program that establishes a connection to a   server for the purpose of sending one or more HTTP requests.  An HTTP   "server" is a program that accepts connections in order to service   HTTP requests by sending HTTP responses.   The terms "client" and "server" refer only to the roles that these   programs perform for a particular connection.  The same program might   act as a client on some connections and a server on others.  The term   "user agent" refers to any of the various client programs that   initiate a request, including (but not limited to) browsers, spiders   (web-based robots), command-line tools, custom applications, and   mobile apps.  The term "origin server" refers to the program that can   originate authoritative responses for a given target resource.  The   terms "sender" and "recipient" refer to any implementation that sends   or receives a given message, respectively.   HTTP relies upon the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) standard   [RFC3986] to indicate the target resource (Section 5.1) and   relationships between resources.   Most HTTP communication consists of a retrieval request (GET) for a   representation of some resource identified by a URI.  In the simplest   case, this might be accomplished via a single bidirectional   connection (===) between the user agent (UA) and the origin server   (O).Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 10]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019            request   >       UA ======================================= O                                   <   response   A client sends an HTTP request to a server in the form of a request   message, beginning with a method (Section 7) and URI, followed by   header fields containing request modifiers, client information, and   representation metadata (Section 5 of [Messaging]), and finally a   message body containing the payload body (if any, Section 6 of   [Messaging]).   A server responds to a client's request by sending one or more HTTP   response messages, each beginning with a success or error code   (Section 9), possibly followed by header fields containing server   information, resource metadata, and representation metadata   (Section 5 of [Messaging]), and finally a message body containing the   payload body (if any, Section 6 of [Messaging]).   A connection might be used for multiple request/response exchanges.   The mechanism used to correlate between request and response messages   is version dependent; some versions of HTTP use implicit ordering of   messages, while others use an explicit identifier.   Responses (both final and non-final) can be sent at any time after a   request is received, even if it is not yet complete.  However,   clients (including intermediaries) might abandon a request if the   response is not forthcoming within a reasonable period of time.   The following example illustrates a typical message exchange for a   GET request (Section 7.3.1) on the URI "http://www.example.com/   hello.txt":   Client request:     GET /hello.txt HTTP/1.1     User-Agent: curl/7.16.3 libcurl/7.16.3 OpenSSL/0.9.7l zlib/1.2.3     Host: www.example.com     Accept-Language: en, mi   Server response:Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 11]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019     HTTP/1.1 200 OK     Date: Mon, 27 Jul 2009 12:28:53 GMT     Server: Apache     Last-Modified: Wed, 22 Jul 2009 19:15:56 GMT     ETag: "34aa387-d-1568eb00"     Accept-Ranges: bytes     Content-Length: 51     Vary: Accept-Encoding     Content-Type: text/plain     Hello World! My payload includes a trailing CRLF.2.2.  Intermediaries   HTTP enables the use of intermediaries to satisfy requests through a   chain of connections.  There are three common forms of HTTP   intermediary: proxy, gateway, and tunnel.  In some cases, a single   intermediary might act as an origin server, proxy, gateway, or   tunnel, switching behavior based on the nature of each request.            >             >             >             >       UA =========== A =========== B =========== C =========== O                  <             <             <             <   The figure above shows three intermediaries (A, B, and C) between the   user agent and origin server.  A request or response message that   travels the whole chain will pass through four separate connections.   Some HTTP communication options might apply only to the connection   with the nearest, non-tunnel neighbor, only to the endpoints of the   chain, or to all connections along the chain.  Although the diagram   is linear, each participant might be engaged in multiple,   simultaneous communications.  For example, B might be receiving   requests from many clients other than A, and/or forwarding requests   to servers other than C, at the same time that it is handling A's   request.  Likewise, later requests might be sent through a different   path of connections, often based on dynamic configuration for load   balancing.   The terms "upstream" and "downstream" are used to describe   directional requirements in relation to the message flow: all   messages flow from upstream to downstream.  The terms "inbound" and   "outbound" are used to describe directional requirements in relation   to the request route: "inbound" means toward the origin server and   "outbound" means toward the user agent.   A "proxy" is a message-forwarding agent that is selected by the   client, usually via local configuration rules, to receive requests   for some type(s) of absolute URI and attempt to satisfy thoseFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 12]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   requests via translation through the HTTP interface.  Some   translations are minimal, such as for proxy requests for "http" URIs,   whereas other requests might require translation to and from entirely   different application-level protocols.  Proxies are often used to   group an organization's HTTP requests through a common intermediary   for the sake of security, annotation services, or shared caching.   Some proxies are designed to apply transformations to selected   messages or payloads while they are being forwarded, as described inSection 5.5.2.   A "gateway" (a.k.a. "reverse proxy") is an intermediary that acts as   an origin server for the outbound connection but translates received   requests and forwards them inbound to another server or servers.   Gateways are often used to encapsulate legacy or untrusted   information services, to improve server performance through   "accelerator" caching, and to enable partitioning or load balancing   of HTTP services across multiple machines.   All HTTP requirements applicable to an origin server also apply to   the outbound communication of a gateway.  A gateway communicates with   inbound servers using any protocol that it desires, including private   extensions to HTTP that are outside the scope of this specification.   However, an HTTP-to-HTTP gateway that wishes to interoperate with   third-party HTTP servers ought to conform to user agent requirements   on the gateway's inbound connection.   A "tunnel" acts as a blind relay between two connections without   changing the messages.  Once active, a tunnel is not considered a   party to the HTTP communication, though the tunnel might have been   initiated by an HTTP request.  A tunnel ceases to exist when both   ends of the relayed connection are closed.  Tunnels are used to   extend a virtual connection through an intermediary, such as when   Transport Layer Security (TLS, [RFC5246]) is used to establish   confidential communication through a shared firewall proxy.   The above categories for intermediary only consider those acting as   participants in the HTTP communication.  There are also   intermediaries that can act on lower layers of the network protocol   stack, filtering or redirecting HTTP traffic without the knowledge or   permission of message senders.  Network intermediaries are   indistinguishable (at a protocol level) from a man-in-the-middle   attack, often introducing security flaws or interoperability problems   due to mistakenly violating HTTP semantics.   For example, an "interception proxy" [RFC3040] (also commonly known   as a "transparent proxy" [RFC1919] or "captive portal") differs from   an HTTP proxy because it is not selected by the client.  Instead, an   interception proxy filters or redirects outgoing TCP port 80 packetsFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 13]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   (and occasionally other common port traffic).  Interception proxies   are commonly found on public network access points, as a means of   enforcing account subscription prior to allowing use of non-local   Internet services, and within corporate firewalls to enforce network   usage policies.   HTTP is defined as a stateless protocol, meaning that each request   message can be understood in isolation.  Many implementations depend   on HTTP's stateless design in order to reuse proxied connections or   dynamically load balance requests across multiple servers.  Hence, a   server MUST NOT assume that two requests on the same connection are   from the same user agent unless the connection is secured and   specific to that agent.  Some non-standard HTTP extensions (e.g.,   [RFC4559]) have been known to violate this requirement, resulting in   security and interoperability problems.2.3.  Caches   A "cache" is a local store of previous response messages and the   subsystem that controls its message storage, retrieval, and deletion.   A cache stores cacheable responses in order to reduce the response   time and network bandwidth consumption on future, equivalent   requests.  Any client or server MAY employ a cache, though a cache   cannot be used by a server while it is acting as a tunnel.   The effect of a cache is that the request/response chain is shortened   if one of the participants along the chain has a cached response   applicable to that request.  The following illustrates the resulting   chain if B has a cached copy of an earlier response from O (via C)   for a request that has not been cached by UA or A.               >             >          UA =========== A =========== B - - - - - - C - - - - - - O                     <             <   A response is "cacheable" if a cache is allowed to store a copy of   the response message for use in answering subsequent requests.  Even   when a response is cacheable, there might be additional constraints   placed by the client or by the origin server on when that cached   response can be used for a particular request.  HTTP requirements for   cache behavior and cacheable responses are defined in Section 2 of   [Caching].   There is a wide variety of architectures and configurations of caches   deployed across the World Wide Web and inside large organizations.   These include national hierarchies of proxy caches to save   transoceanic bandwidth, collaborative systems that broadcast orFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 14]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   multicast cache entries, archives of pre-fetched cache entries for   use in off-line or high-latency environments, and so on.2.4.  Uniform Resource Identifiers   Uniform Resource Identifiers (URIs) [RFC3986] are used throughout   HTTP as the means for identifying resources (Section 2.5).  URI   references are used to target requests, indicate redirects, and   define relationships.   The definitions of "URI-reference", "absolute-URI", "relative-part",   "authority", "port", "host", "path-abempty", "segment", and "query"   are adopted from the URI generic syntax.  An "absolute-path" rule is   defined for protocol elements that can contain a non-empty path   component.  (This rule differs slightly from the path-abempty rule ofRFC 3986, which allows for an empty path to be used in references,   and path-absolute rule, which does not allow paths that begin with   "//".)  A "partial-URI" rule is defined for protocol elements that   can contain a relative URI but not a fragment component.     URI-reference = <URI-reference, see[RFC3986], Section 4.1>     absolute-URI  = <absolute-URI, see[RFC3986], Section 4.3>     relative-part = <relative-part, see[RFC3986], Section 4.2>     authority     = <authority, see[RFC3986], Section 3.2>     uri-host      = <host, see[RFC3986], Section 3.2.2>     port          = <port, see[RFC3986], Section 3.2.3>     path-abempty  = <path-abempty, see[RFC3986], Section 3.3>     segment       = <segment, see[RFC3986], Section 3.3>     query         = <query, see[RFC3986], Section 3.4>     absolute-path = 1*( "/" segment )     partial-URI   = relative-part [ "?" query ]   Each protocol element in HTTP that allows a URI reference will   indicate in its ABNF production whether the element allows any form   of reference (URI-reference), only a URI in absolute form (absolute-   URI), only the path and optional query components, or some   combination of the above.  Unless otherwise indicated, URI references   are parsed relative to the effective request URI (Section 5.3).2.5.  Resources   The target of an HTTP request is called a "resource".  HTTP does not   limit the nature of a resource; it merely defines an interface that   might be used to interact with resources.  Each resource is   identified by a Uniform Resource Identifier (URI), as described inSection 2.4.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 15]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   One design goal of HTTP is to separate resource identification from   request semantics, which is made possible by vesting the request   semantics in the request method (Section 7) and a few request-   modifying header fields (Section 8).  If there is a conflict between   the method semantics and any semantic implied by the URI itself, as   described inSection 7.2.1, the method semantics take precedence.   IANA maintains the registry of URI Schemes [BCP35] at   <https://www.iana.org/assignments/uri-schemes/>.  Although requests   might target any URI scheme, the following schemes are inherent to   HTTP servers:   +------------+------------------------------------+---------------+   | URI Scheme | Description                        | Reference     |   +------------+------------------------------------+---------------+   | http       | Hypertext Transfer Protocol        |Section 2.5.1 |   | https      | Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure |Section 2.5.2 |   +------------+------------------------------------+---------------+2.5.1.  http URI Scheme   The "http" URI scheme is hereby defined for the purpose of minting   identifiers according to their association with the hierarchical   namespace governed by a potential HTTP origin server listening for   TCP ([RFC0793]) connections on a given port.     http-URI = "http:" "//" authority path-abempty [ "?" query ]   The origin server for an "http" URI is identified by the authority   component, which includes a host identifier and optional TCP port   ([RFC3986], Section 3.2.2).  The hierarchical path component and   optional query component serve as an identifier for a potential   target resource within that origin server's name space.   A sender MUST NOT generate an "http" URI with an empty host   identifier.  A recipient that processes such a URI reference MUST   reject it as invalid.   If the host identifier is provided as an IP address, the origin   server is the listener (if any) on the indicated TCP port at that IP   address.  If host is a registered name, the registered name is an   indirect identifier for use with a name resolution service, such as   DNS, to find an address for that origin server.  If the port   subcomponent is empty or not given, TCP port 80 (the reserved port   for WWW services) is the default.   Note that the presence of a URI with a given authority component does   not imply that there is always an HTTP server listening forFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 16]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   connections on that host and port.  Anyone can mint a URI.  What the   authority component determines is who has the right to respond   authoritatively to requests that target the identified resource.  The   delegated nature of registered names and IP addresses creates a   federated namespace, based on control over the indicated host and   port, whether or not an HTTP server is present.  SeeSection 12.1 for   security considerations related to establishing authority.   When an "http" URI is used within a context that calls for access to   the indicated resource, a client MAY attempt access by resolving the   host to an IP address, establishing a TCP connection to that address   on the indicated port, and sending an HTTP request message (Section 2   of [Messaging]) containing the URI's identifying data to the server.   If the server responds to that request with a non-interim HTTP   response message, as described inSection 9, then that response is   considered an authoritative answer to the client's request.   Although HTTP is independent of the transport protocol, the "http"   scheme is specific to TCP-based services because the name delegation   process depends on TCP for establishing authority.  An HTTP service   based on some other underlying connection protocol would presumably   be identified using a different URI scheme, just as the "https"   scheme (below) is used for resources that require an end-to-end   secured connection.  Other protocols might also be used to provide   access to "http" identified resources -- it is only the authoritative   interface that is specific to TCP.   The URI generic syntax for authority also includes a deprecated   userinfo subcomponent ([RFC3986], Section 3.2.1) for including user   authentication information in the URI.  Some implementations make use   of the userinfo component for internal configuration of   authentication information, such as within command invocation   options, configuration files, or bookmark lists, even though such   usage might expose a user identifier or password.  A sender MUST NOT   generate the userinfo subcomponent (and its "@" delimiter) when an   "http" URI reference is generated within a message as a request   target or header field value.  Before making use of an "http" URI   reference received from an untrusted source, a recipient SHOULD parse   for userinfo and treat its presence as an error; it is likely being   used to obscure the authority for the sake of phishing attacks.2.5.2.  https URI Scheme   The "https" URI scheme is hereby defined for the purpose of minting   identifiers according to their association with the hierarchical   namespace governed by a potential HTTP origin server listening to a   given TCP port for TLS-secured connections ([RFC5246]).Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 17]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   All of the requirements listed above for the "http" scheme are also   requirements for the "https" scheme, except that TCP port 443 is the   default if the port subcomponent is empty or not given, and the user   agent MUST ensure that its connection to the origin server is secured   through the use of strong encryption, end-to-end, prior to sending   the first HTTP request.     https-URI = "https:" "//" authority path-abempty [ "?" query ]   Note that the "https" URI scheme depends on both TLS and TCP for   establishing authority.  Resources made available via the "https"   scheme have no shared identity with the "http" scheme even if their   resource identifiers indicate the same authority (the same host   listening to the same TCP port).  They are distinct namespaces and   are considered to be distinct origin servers.  However, an extension   to HTTP that is defined to apply to entire host domains, such as the   Cookie protocol [RFC6265], can allow information set by one service   to impact communication with other services within a matching group   of host domains.   The process for authoritative access to an "https" identified   resource is defined in [RFC2818].2.5.3.  Fragment Identifiers on http(s) URI References   Fragment identifiers allow for indirect identification of a secondary   resource, independent of the URI scheme, as defined inSection 3.5 of   [RFC3986].  Some protocol elements that refer to a URI allow   inclusion of a fragment, while others do not.  They are distinguished   by use of the ABNF rule for elements where fragment is allowed;   otherwise, a specific rule that excludes fragments is used (seeSection 5.1).      Note: the fragment identifier component is not part of the actual      scheme definition for a URI scheme (seeSection 4.3 of [RFC3986]),      thus does not appear in the ABNF definitions for the "http" and      "https" URI schemes above.2.5.4.  http and https URI Normalization and Comparison   Since the "http" and "https" schemes conform to the URI generic   syntax, such URIs are normalized and compared according to the   algorithm defined inSection 6 of [RFC3986], using the defaults   described above for each scheme.   If the port is equal to the default port for a scheme, the normal   form is to omit the port subcomponent.  When not being used in   absolute form as the request target of an OPTIONS request, an emptyFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 18]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   path component is equivalent to an absolute path of "/", so the   normal form is to provide a path of "/" instead.  The scheme and host   are case-insensitive and normally provided in lowercase; all other   components are compared in a case-sensitive manner.  Characters other   than those in the "reserved" set are equivalent to their percent-   encoded octets: the normal form is to not encode them (see Sections   2.1 and 2.2 of [RFC3986]).   For example, the following three URIs are equivalent:http://example.com:80/~smith/home.html      http://EXAMPLE.com/%7Esmith/home.htmlhttp://EXAMPLE.com:/%7esmith/home.html3.  Conformance3.1.  Implementation Diversity   When considering the design of HTTP, it is easy to fall into a trap   of thinking that all user agents are general-purpose browsers and all   origin servers are large public websites.  That is not the case in   practice.  Common HTTP user agents include household appliances,   stereos, scales, firmware update scripts, command-line programs,   mobile apps, and communication devices in a multitude of shapes and   sizes.  Likewise, common HTTP origin servers include home automation   units, configurable networking components, office machines,   autonomous robots, news feeds, traffic cameras, ad selectors, and   video-delivery platforms.   The term "user agent" does not imply that there is a human user   directly interacting with the software agent at the time of a   request.  In many cases, a user agent is installed or configured to   run in the background and save its results for later inspection (or   save only a subset of those results that might be interesting or   erroneous).  Spiders, for example, are typically given a start URI   and configured to follow certain behavior while crawling the Web as a   hypertext graph.   The implementation diversity of HTTP means that not all user agents   can make interactive suggestions to their user or provide adequate   warning for security or privacy concerns.  In the few cases where   this specification requires reporting of errors to the user, it is   acceptable for such reporting to only be observable in an error   console or log file.  Likewise, requirements that an automated action   be confirmed by the user before proceeding might be met via advance   configuration choices, run-time options, or simple avoidance of the   unsafe action; confirmation does not imply any specific userFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 19]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   interface or interruption of normal processing if the user has   already made that choice.3.2.  Role-based Requirements   This specification targets conformance criteria according to the role   of a participant in HTTP communication.  Hence, HTTP requirements are   placed on senders, recipients, clients, servers, user agents,   intermediaries, origin servers, proxies, gateways, or caches,   depending on what behavior is being constrained by the requirement.   Additional (social) requirements are placed on implementations,   resource owners, and protocol element registrations when they apply   beyond the scope of a single communication.   The verb "generate" is used instead of "send" where a requirement   differentiates between creating a protocol element and merely   forwarding a received element downstream.   An implementation is considered conformant if it complies with all of   the requirements associated with the roles it partakes in HTTP.   Conformance includes both the syntax and semantics of protocol   elements.  A sender MUST NOT generate protocol elements that convey a   meaning that is known by that sender to be false.  A sender MUST NOT   generate protocol elements that do not match the grammar defined by   the corresponding ABNF rules.  Within a given message, a sender MUST   NOT generate protocol elements or syntax alternatives that are only   allowed to be generated by participants in other roles (i.e., a role   that the sender does not have for that message).3.3.  Parsing Elements   When a received protocol element is parsed, the recipient MUST be   able to parse any value of reasonable length that is applicable to   the recipient's role and that matches the grammar defined by the   corresponding ABNF rules.  Note, however, that some received protocol   elements might not be parsed.  For example, an intermediary   forwarding a message might parse a header-field into generic field-   name and field-value components, but then forward the header field   without further parsing inside the field-value.   HTTP does not have specific length limitations for many of its   protocol elements because the lengths that might be appropriate will   vary widely, depending on the deployment context and purpose of the   implementation.  Hence, interoperability between senders and   recipients depends on shared expectations regarding what is a   reasonable length for each protocol element.  Furthermore, what is   commonly understood to be a reasonable length for some protocolFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 20]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   elements has changed over the course of the past two decades of HTTP   use and is expected to continue changing in the future.   At a minimum, a recipient MUST be able to parse and process protocol   element lengths that are at least as long as the values that it   generates for those same protocol elements in other messages.  For   example, an origin server that publishes very long URI references to   its own resources needs to be able to parse and process those same   references when received as a request target.3.4.  Error Handling   A recipient MUST interpret a received protocol element according to   the semantics defined for it by this specification, including   extensions to this specification, unless the recipient has determined   (through experience or configuration) that the sender incorrectly   implements what is implied by those semantics.  For example, an   origin server might disregard the contents of a received Accept-   Encoding header field if inspection of the User-Agent header field   indicates a specific implementation version that is known to fail on   receipt of certain content codings.   Unless noted otherwise, a recipient MAY attempt to recover a usable   protocol element from an invalid construct.  HTTP does not define   specific error handling mechanisms except when they have a direct   impact on security, since different applications of the protocol   require different error handling strategies.  For example, a Web   browser might wish to transparently recover from a response where the   Location header field doesn't parse according to the ABNF, whereas a   systems control client might consider any form of error recovery to   be dangerous.3.5.  Protocol Versioning   The HTTP version number consists of two decimal digits separated by a   "." (period or decimal point).  The first digit ("major version")   indicates the HTTP messaging syntax, whereas the second digit ("minor   version") indicates the highest minor version within that major   version to which the sender is conformant and able to understand for   future communication.   The protocol version as a whole indicates the sender's conformance   with the set of requirements laid out in that version's corresponding   specification of HTTP.  For example, the version "HTTP/1.1" is   defined by the combined specifications of this document, "HTTP   Caching" [Caching], and "HTTP/1.1 Messaging" [Messaging].Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 21]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   The minor version advertises the sender's communication capabilities   even when the sender is only using a backwards-compatible subset of   the protocol, thereby letting the recipient know that more advanced   features can be used in response (by servers) or in future requests   (by clients).   A client SHOULD send a request version equal to the highest version   to which the client is conformant and whose major version is no   higher than the highest version supported by the server, if this is   known.  A client MUST NOT send a version to which it is not   conformant.   A client MAY send a lower request version if it is known that the   server incorrectly implements the HTTP specification, but only after   the client has attempted at least one normal request and determined   from the response status code or header fields (e.g., Server) that   the server improperly handles higher request versions.   A server SHOULD send a response version equal to the highest version   to which the server is conformant that has a major version less than   or equal to the one received in the request.  A server MUST NOT send   a version to which it is not conformant.  A server can send a 505   (HTTP Version Not Supported) response if it wishes, for any reason,   to refuse service of the client's major protocol version.   HTTP's major version number is incremented when an incompatible   message syntax is introduced.  The minor number is incremented when   changes made to the protocol have the effect of adding to the message   semantics or implying additional capabilities of the sender.   When an HTTP message is received with a major version number that the   recipient implements, but a higher minor version number than what the   recipient implements, the recipient SHOULD process the message as if   it were in the highest minor version within that major version to   which the recipient is conformant.  A recipient can assume that a   message with a higher minor version, when sent to a recipient that   has not yet indicated support for that higher version, is   sufficiently backwards-compatible to be safely processed by any   implementation of the same major version.   When a major version of HTTP does not define any minor versions, the   minor version "0" is implied and is used when referring to that   protocol within a protocol element that requires sending a minor   version.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 22]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20194.  Message Abstraction   Each major version of HTTP defines its own syntax for the inclusion   of information in messages.  Nevertheless, a common abstraction is   that a message includes some form of envelope/framing, a potential   set of named data fields, and a potential body.  This section defines   the abstraction for message fields as field-name and field-value   pairs.4.1.  Header Field Names   Header fields are key:value pairs that can be used to communicate   data about the message, its payload, the target resource, or the   connection (i.e., control data).   The requirements for header field names are defined in [BCP90].   The field-name token labels the corresponding field-value as having   the semantics defined by that header field.  For example, the Date   header field is defined inSection 10.1.1.2 as containing the   origination timestamp for the message in which it appears.     field-name     = token   The interpretation of a header field does not change between minor   versions of the same major HTTP version, though the default behavior   of a recipient in the absence of such a field can change.  Unless   specified otherwise, header fields are defined for all versions of   HTTP.  In particular, the Host and Connection header fields ought to   be implemented by all HTTP/1.x implementations whether or not they   advertise conformance with HTTP/1.1.   New header fields can be introduced without changing the protocol   version if their defined semantics allow them to be safely ignored by   recipients that do not recognize them.  Header field extensibility is   discussed inSection 4.1.2.   The following field names are defined by this document:Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 23]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   +---------------------------+------------+-------------------+   | Header Field Name         | Status     | Reference         |   +---------------------------+------------+-------------------+   | Accept                    | standard   |Section 8.4.2     |   | Accept-Charset            | deprecated |Section 8.4.3     |   | Accept-Encoding           | standard   |Section 8.4.4     |   | Accept-Language           | standard   |Section 8.4.5     |   | Accept-Ranges             | standard   |Section 10.4.1    |   | Allow                     | standard   |Section 10.4.2    |   | Authentication-Info       | standard   |Section 10.3.3    |   | Authorization             | standard   |Section 8.5.3     |   | Content-Encoding          | standard   |Section 6.2.2     |   | Content-Language          | standard   |Section 6.2.3     |   | Content-Length            | standard   |Section 6.2.4     |   | Content-Location          | standard   |Section 6.2.5     |   | Content-Range             | standard   |Section 6.3.3     |   | Content-Type              | standard   |Section 6.2.1     |   | Date                      | standard   |Section 10.1.1.2  |   | ETag                      | standard   |Section 10.2.3    |   | Expect                    | standard   |Section 8.1.1     |   | From                      | standard   |Section 8.6.1     |   | Host                      | standard   |Section 5.4       |   | If-Match                  | standard   |Section 8.2.3     |   | If-Modified-Since         | standard   |Section 8.2.5     |   | If-None-Match             | standard   |Section 8.2.4     |   | If-Range                  | standard   |Section 8.2.7     |   | If-Unmodified-Since       | standard   |Section 8.2.6     |   | Last-Modified             | standard   |Section 10.2.2    |   | Location                  | standard   |Section 10.1.2    |   | Max-Forwards              | standard   |Section 8.1.2     |   | Proxy-Authenticate        | standard   |Section 10.3.2    |   | Proxy-Authentication-Info | standard   |Section 10.3.4    |   | Proxy-Authorization       | standard   |Section 8.5.4     |   | Range                     | standard   |Section 8.3       |   | Referer                   | standard   |Section 8.6.2     |   | Retry-After               | standard   |Section 10.1.3    |   | Server                    | standard   |Section 10.4.3    |   | Trailer                   | standard   |Section 4.4       |   | User-Agent                | standard   |Section 8.6.3     |   | Vary                      | standard   |Section 10.1.4    |   | Via                       | standard   |Section 5.5.1     |   | WWW-Authenticate          | standard   |Section 10.3.1    |   +---------------------------+------------+-------------------+                                  Table 1Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 24]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20194.1.1.  Header Field Name Registry   The "Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) Header Field Registry"   defines the namespace for HTTP header field names.   Any party can request registration of a HTTP header field.  SeeSection 4.1.3 for considerations to take into account when creating a   new HTTP header field.   The "HTTP Header Field Name" registry is located at   "https://www.iana.org/assignments/http-headers/".  Registration   requests can be made by following the instructions located there or   by sending an email to the "ietf-http-wg@ietf.org" mailing list.   Header field names are registered on the advice of a Designated   Expert (appointed by the IESG or their delegate).  Header fields with   the status 'permanent' are Specification Required (using terminology   from [RFC8126]).   Registration requests consist of at least the following information:   o  Header field name: The requested field name.  It MUST conform to      the field-name syntax defined inSection 4.1, and SHOULD be      restricted to just letters, digits, hyphen ('-') and underscore      ('_') characters, with the first character being a letter.   o  Status: "permanent" or "provisional"   o  Specification document(s): Reference to the document that      specifies the header field, preferably including a URI that can be      used to retrieve a copy of the document.  An indication of the      relevant section(s) can also be included, but is not required.   The Expert(s) can define additional fields to be collected in the   registry, in consultation with the community.   Standards-defined names have a status of "permanent".  Other names   can also be registered as permanent, if the Expert(s) find that they   are in use, in consultation with the community.  Other names should   be registered as "provisional".   Provisional entries can be removed by the Expert(s) if -- in   consultation with the community -- the Expert(s) find that they are   not in use.  The Experts can change a provisional entry's status to   permanent at any time.   Note that names can be registered by third parties (including the   Expert(s)), if the Expert(s) determines that an unregistered name isFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 25]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   widely deployed and not likely to be registered in a timely manner   otherwise.4.1.2.  Header Field Extensibility   Header fields are fully extensible: there is no limit on the   introduction of new field names, each presumably defining new   semantics, nor on the number of header fields used in a given   message.  Existing fields are defined in each part of this   specification and in many other specifications outside this document   set.   New header fields can be defined such that, when they are understood   by a recipient, they might override or enhance the interpretation of   previously defined header fields, define preconditions on request   evaluation, or refine the meaning of responses.   A proxy MUST forward unrecognized header fields unless the field-name   is listed in the Connection header field (Section 9.1 of [Messaging])   or the proxy is specifically configured to block, or otherwise   transform, such fields.  Other recipients SHOULD ignore unrecognized   header fields.  These requirements allow HTTP's functionality to be   enhanced without requiring prior update of deployed intermediaries.   All defined header fields ought to be registered with IANA in the   "HTTP Header Field Name" registry.4.1.3.  Considerations for New Header Fields   Authors of specifications defining new fields are advised to keep the   name as short as practical and not to prefix the name with "X-"   unless the header field will never be used on the Internet.  (The   "X-" prefix idiom has been extensively misused in practice; it was   intended to only be used as a mechanism for avoiding name collisions   inside proprietary software or intranet processing, since the prefix   would ensure that private names never collide with a newly registered   Internet name; see [BCP178] for further information).   Authors of specifications defining new header fields are advised to   consider documenting:   o  Whether the field is a single value or whether it can be a list      (delimited by commas; see Section 5 of [Messaging]).      If it does not use the list syntax, document how to treat messages      where the field occurs multiple times (a sensible default would be      to ignore the field, but this might not always be the right      choice).Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 26]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019      Note that intermediaries and software libraries might combine      multiple header field instances into a single one, despite the      field's definition not allowing the list syntax.  A robust format      enables recipients to discover these situations (good example:      "Content-Type", as the comma can only appear inside quoted      strings; bad example: "Location", as a comma can occur inside a      URI).   o  Under what conditions the header field can be used; e.g., only in      responses or requests, in all messages, only on responses to a      particular request method, etc.   o  Whether the field should be stored by origin servers that      understand it upon a PUT request.   o  Whether the field semantics are further refined by the context,      such as by existing request methods or status codes.   o  Whether it is appropriate to list the field-name in the Connection      header field (i.e., if the header field is to be hop-by-hop; see      Section 9.1 of [Messaging]).   o  Under what conditions intermediaries are allowed to insert,      delete, or modify the field's value.   o  Whether it is appropriate to list the field-name in a Vary      response header field (e.g., when the request header field is used      by an origin server's content selection algorithm; seeSection 10.1.4).   o  Whether the header field is useful or allowable in trailers (see      Section 7.1 of [Messaging]).   o  Whether the header field ought to be preserved across redirects.   o  Whether it introduces any additional security considerations, such      as disclosure of privacy-related data.4.2.  Header Field Values   This specification does not use ABNF rules to define each "Field-   Name: Field Value" pair, as was done in earlier editions.  Instead,   this specification uses ABNF rules that are named according to each   registered field name, wherein the rule defines the valid grammar for   that field's corresponding field values (i.e., after the field-value   has been extracted by a generic field parser).Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 27]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019     field-value    = *( field-content / obs-fold )     field-content  = field-vchar                      [ 1*( SP / HTAB / field-vchar ) field-vchar ]     field-vchar    = VCHAR / obs-text   Historically, HTTP header field values could be extended over   multiple lines by preceding each extra line with at least one space   or horizontal tab (obs-fold).  [[CREF1: This document assumes that   any such obs-fold has been replaced with one or more SP octets prior   to interpreting the field value, as described in Section 5.2 of   [Messaging].]]   Historically, HTTP has allowed field content with text in the   ISO-8859-1 charset [ISO-8859-1], supporting other charsets only   through use of [RFC2047] encoding.  In practice, most HTTP header   field values use only a subset of the US-ASCII charset [USASCII].   Newly defined header fields SHOULD limit their field values to   US-ASCII octets.  A recipient SHOULD treat other octets in field   content (obs-text) as opaque data.4.2.1.  Header Field Order   The order in which header fields with differing field names are   received is not significant.  However, it is good practice to send   header fields that contain control data first, such as Host on   requests and Date on responses, so that implementations can decide   when not to handle a message as early as possible.  A server MUST NOT   apply a request to the target resource until the entire request   header section is received, since later header fields might include   conditionals, authentication credentials, or deliberately misleading   duplicate header fields that would impact request processing.   Aside from the well-known exception noted below, a sender MUST NOT   generate multiple header fields with the same field name in a   message, or append a header field when a field of the same name   already exists in the message, unless that field's definition allows   multiple field values to be recombined as a comma-separated list   [i.e., at least one alternative of the field's definition allows a   comma-separated list, such as an ABNF rule of #(values)].   A recipient MAY combine multiple header fields with the same field   name into one "field-name: field-value" pair, without changing the   semantics of the message, by appending each subsequent field value to   the combined field value in order, separated by a comma.  The order   in which header fields with the same field name are received is   therefore significant to the interpretation of the combined field   value; a proxy MUST NOT change the order of these field values when   forwarding a message.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 28]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019      Note: In practice, the "Set-Cookie" header field ([RFC6265]) often      appears multiple times in a response message and does not use the      list syntax, violating the above requirements on multiple header      fields with the same name.  Since it cannot be combined into a      single field-value, recipients ought to handle "Set-Cookie" as a      special case while processing header fields.  (SeeAppendix A.2.3      of [Kri2001] for details.)4.2.2.  Header Field Limits   HTTP does not place a predefined limit on the length of each header   field or on the length of the header section as a whole, as described   inSection 3.  Various ad hoc limitations on individual header field   length are found in practice, often depending on the specific field   semantics.   A server that receives a request header field, or set of fields,   larger than it wishes to process MUST respond with an appropriate 4xx   (Client Error) status code.  Ignoring such header fields would   increase the server's vulnerability to request smuggling attacks   (Section 11.2 of [Messaging]).   A client MAY discard or truncate received header fields that are   larger than the client wishes to process if the field semantics are   such that the dropped value(s) can be safely ignored without changing   the message framing or response semantics.4.2.3.  Header Field Value Components   Many HTTP header field values are defined using common syntax   components, separated by whitespace or specific delimiting   characters.  Delimiters are chosen from the set of US-ASCII visual   characters not allowed in a token (DQUOTE and "(),/:;<=>?@[\]{}").4.2.3.1.  Tokens   Tokens are short textual identifiers that do not include whitespace   or delimiters.     token          = 1*tchar     tchar          = "!" / "#" / "$" / "%" / "&" / "'" / "*"                    / "+" / "-" / "." / "^" / "_" / "`" / "|" / "~"                    / DIGIT / ALPHA                    ; any VCHAR, except delimitersFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 29]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20194.2.3.2.  Quoted Strings   A string of text is parsed as a single value if it is quoted using   double-quote marks.     quoted-string  = DQUOTE *( qdtext / quoted-pair ) DQUOTE     qdtext         = HTAB / SP / %x21 / %x23-5B / %x5D-7E / obs-text     obs-text       = %x80-FF   The backslash octet ("\") can be used as a single-octet quoting   mechanism within quoted-string and comment constructs.  Recipients   that process the value of a quoted-string MUST handle a quoted-pair   as if it were replaced by the octet following the backslash.     quoted-pair    = "\" ( HTAB / SP / VCHAR / obs-text )   A sender SHOULD NOT generate a quoted-pair in a quoted-string except   where necessary to quote DQUOTE and backslash octets occurring within   that string.  A sender SHOULD NOT generate a quoted-pair in a comment   except where necessary to quote parentheses ["(" and ")"] and   backslash octets occurring within that comment.4.2.3.3.  Comments   Comments can be included in some HTTP header fields by surrounding   the comment text with parentheses.  Comments are only allowed in   fields containing "comment" as part of their field value definition.     comment        = "(" *( ctext / quoted-pair / comment ) ")"     ctext          = HTAB / SP / %x21-27 / %x2A-5B / %x5D-7E / obs-text4.2.3.4.  Parameters   A parameter is a name=value pair that is often defined within header   field values as a common syntax for appending auxiliary information   to an item.  Each parameter is usually delimited by an immediately   preceding semicolon.     parameter       = parameter-name "=" parameter-value     parameter-name  = token     parameter-value = ( token / quoted-string )   Parameter names are case-insensitive.  Parameter values might or   might not be case-sensitive, depending on the semantics of the   parameter name.  Examples of parameters and some equivalent forms can   be seen in media types (Section 6.1.1) and the Accept header field   (Section 8.4.2).Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 30]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   A parameter value that matches the token production can be   transmitted either as a token or within a quoted-string.  The quoted   and unquoted values are equivalent.      Note: Parameters do not allow whitespace (not even "bad"      whitespace) around the "=" character.4.2.4.  Designing New Header Field Values   New header field values typically have their syntax defined using   ABNF ([RFC5234]), using the extension defined inSection 11 as   necessary, and are usually constrained to the range of US-ASCII   characters.  Header fields needing a greater range of characters can   use an encoding such as the one defined in [RFC8187].   Leading and trailing whitespace in raw field values is removed upon   field parsing (Section 5.1 of [Messaging]).  Field definitions where   leading or trailing whitespace in values is significant will have to   use a container syntax such as quoted-string (Section 4.2.3).   Because commas (",") are used as a generic delimiter between field-   values, they need to be treated with care if they are allowed in the   field-value.  Typically, components that might contain a comma are   protected with double-quotes using the quoted-string ABNF production.   For example, a textual date and a URI (either of which might contain   a comma) could be safely carried in field-values like these:     Example-URI-Field: "http://example.com/a.html,foo",                        "http://without-a-comma.example.com/"     Example-Date-Field: "Sat, 04 May 1996", "Wed, 14 Sep 2005"   Note that double-quote delimiters almost always are used with the   quoted-string production; using a different syntax inside double-   quotes will likely cause unnecessary confusion.   Many header fields (such as Content-Type, defined inSection 6.2.1)   use a common syntax for parameters that allows both unquoted (token)   and quoted (quoted-string) syntax for a parameter value   (Section 4.2.3.4).  Use of common syntax allows recipients to reuse   existing parser components.  When allowing both forms, the meaning of   a parameter value ought to be the same whether it was received as a   token or a quoted string.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 31]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20194.3.  Whitespace   This specification uses three rules to denote the use of linear   whitespace: OWS (optional whitespace), RWS (required whitespace), and   BWS ("bad" whitespace).   The OWS rule is used where zero or more linear whitespace octets   might appear.  For protocol elements where optional whitespace is   preferred to improve readability, a sender SHOULD generate the   optional whitespace as a single SP; otherwise, a sender SHOULD NOT   generate optional whitespace except as needed to white out invalid or   unwanted protocol elements during in-place message filtering.   The RWS rule is used when at least one linear whitespace octet is   required to separate field tokens.  A sender SHOULD generate RWS as a   single SP.   The BWS rule is used where the grammar allows optional whitespace   only for historical reasons.  A sender MUST NOT generate BWS in   messages.  A recipient MUST parse for such bad whitespace and remove   it before interpreting the protocol element.     OWS            = *( SP / HTAB )                    ; optional whitespace     RWS            = 1*( SP / HTAB )                    ; required whitespace     BWS            = OWS                    ; "bad" whitespace4.4.  Trailer   [[CREF2: The "Trailer" header field in a message indicates fields   that the sender anticipates sending after the message header block   (i.e., during or after the payload is sent).  This is typically used   to supply metadata that might be dynamically generated while the data   is sent, such as a message integrity check, digital signature, or   post-processing status.  ]]     Trailer = 1#field-name   [[CREF3: How, where, and when trailer fields might be sent depends on   both the protocol in use (HTTP version and/or transfer coding) and   the semantics of each named header field.  Many header fields cannot   be processed outside the header section because their evaluation is   necessary for message routing, authentication, or configuration prior   to receiving the representation data.  ]]Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 32]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20195.  Message Routing   HTTP request message routing is determined by each client based on   the target resource, the client's proxy configuration, and   establishment or reuse of an inbound connection.  The corresponding   response routing follows the same connection chain back to the   client.5.1.  Identifying a Target Resource   HTTP is used in a wide variety of applications, ranging from general-   purpose computers to home appliances.  In some cases, communication   options are hard-coded in a client's configuration.  However, most   HTTP clients rely on the same resource identification mechanism and   configuration techniques as general-purpose Web browsers.   HTTP communication is initiated by a user agent for some purpose.   The purpose is a combination of request semantics and a target   resource upon which to apply those semantics.  A URI reference   (Section 2.4) is typically used as an identifier for the "target   resource", which a user agent would resolve to its absolute form in   order to obtain the "target URI".  The target URI excludes the   reference's fragment component, if any, since fragment identifiers   are reserved for client-side processing ([RFC3986], Section 3.5).5.2.  Routing Inbound   Once the target URI is determined, a client needs to decide whether a   network request is necessary to accomplish the desired semantics and,   if so, where that request is to be directed.   If the client has a cache [Caching] and the request can be satisfied   by it, then the request is usually directed there first.   If the request is not satisfied by a cache, then a typical client   will check its configuration to determine whether a proxy is to be   used to satisfy the request.  Proxy configuration is implementation-   dependent, but is often based on URI prefix matching, selective   authority matching, or both, and the proxy itself is usually   identified by an "http" or "https" URI.  If a proxy is applicable,   the client connects inbound by establishing (or reusing) a connection   to that proxy.   If no proxy is applicable, a typical client will invoke a handler   routine, usually specific to the target URI's scheme, to connect   directly to an authority for the target resource.  How that is   accomplished is dependent on the target URI scheme and defined by its   associated specification, similar to how this specification definesFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 33]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   origin server access for resolution of the "http" (Section 2.5.1) and   "https" (Section 2.5.2) schemes.   HTTP requirements regarding connection management are defined in   Section 9 of [Messaging].5.3.  Effective Request URI   Once an inbound connection is obtained, the client sends an HTTP   request message (Section 2 of [Messaging]).   Depending on the nature of the request, the client's target URI might   be split into components and transmitted (or implied) within various   parts of a request message.  These parts are recombined by each   recipient, in accordance with their local configuration and incoming   connection context, to form an "effective request URI" for   identifying the intended target resource with respect to that server.   Section 3.3 of [Messaging] defines how a server determines the   effective request URI for an HTTP/1.1 request.   For a user agent, the effective request URI is the target URI.   Once the effective request URI has been constructed, an origin server   needs to decide whether or not to provide service for that URI via   the connection in which the request was received.  For example, the   request might have been misdirected, deliberately or accidentally,   such that the information within a received request-target or Host   header field differs from the host or port upon which the connection   has been made.  If the connection is from a trusted gateway, that   inconsistency might be expected; otherwise, it might indicate an   attempt to bypass security filters, trick the server into delivering   non-public content, or poison a cache.  SeeSection 12 for security   considerations regarding message routing.5.4.  Host   The "Host" header field in a request provides the host and port   information from the target URI, enabling the origin server to   distinguish among resources while servicing requests for multiple   host names on a single IP address.     Host = uri-host [ ":" port ] ;Section 2.4   A client MUST send a Host header field in all HTTP/1.1 request   messages.  If the target URI includes an authority component, then a   client MUST send a field-value for Host that is identical to that   authority component, excluding any userinfo subcomponent and its "@"   delimiter (Section 2.5.1).  If the authority component is missing orFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 34]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   undefined for the target URI, then a client MUST send a Host header   field with an empty field-value.   Since the Host field-value is critical information for handling a   request, a user agent SHOULD generate Host as the first header field   following the request-line.   For example, a GET request to the origin server for   <http://www.example.org/pub/WWW/> would begin with:     GET /pub/WWW/ HTTP/1.1     Host: www.example.org   A client MUST send a Host header field in an HTTP/1.1 request even if   the request-target is in the absolute-form, since this allows the   Host information to be forwarded through ancient HTTP/1.0 proxies   that might not have implemented Host.   When a proxy receives a request with an absolute-form of request-   target, the proxy MUST ignore the received Host header field (if any)   and instead replace it with the host information of the request-   target.  A proxy that forwards such a request MUST generate a new   Host field-value based on the received request-target rather than   forward the received Host field-value.   Since the Host header field acts as an application-level routing   mechanism, it is a frequent target for malware seeking to poison a   shared cache or redirect a request to an unintended server.  An   interception proxy is particularly vulnerable if it relies on the   Host field-value for redirecting requests to internal servers, or for   use as a cache key in a shared cache, without first verifying that   the intercepted connection is targeting a valid IP address for that   host.   A server MUST respond with a 400 (Bad Request) status code to any   HTTP/1.1 request message that lacks a Host header field and to any   request message that contains more than one Host header field or a   Host header field with an invalid field-value.5.5.  Message Forwarding   As described inSection 2.2, intermediaries can serve a variety of   roles in the processing of HTTP requests and responses.  Some   intermediaries are used to improve performance or availability.   Others are used for access control or to filter content.  Since an   HTTP stream has characteristics similar to a pipe-and-filter   architecture, there are no inherent limits to the extent anFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 35]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   intermediary can enhance (or interfere) with either direction of the   stream.   An intermediary not acting as a tunnel MUST implement the Connection   header field, as specified in Section 9.1 of [Messaging], and exclude   fields from being forwarded that are only intended for the incoming   connection.   An intermediary MUST NOT forward a message to itself unless it is   protected from an infinite request loop.  In general, an intermediary   ought to recognize its own server names, including any aliases, local   variations, or literal IP addresses, and respond to such requests   directly.   An HTTP message can be parsed as a stream for incremental processing   or forwarding downstream.  However, recipients cannot rely on   incremental delivery of partial messages, since some implementations   will buffer or delay message forwarding for the sake of network   efficiency, security checks, or payload transformations.5.5.1.  Via   The "Via" header field indicates the presence of intermediate   protocols and recipients between the user agent and the server (on   requests) or between the origin server and the client (on responses),   similar to the "Received" header field in email (Section 3.6.7 of   [RFC5322]).  Via can be used for tracking message forwards, avoiding   request loops, and identifying the protocol capabilities of senders   along the request/response chain.     Via = 1#( received-protocol RWS received-by [ RWS comment ] )     received-protocol = [ protocol-name "/" ] protocol-version                         ; see [Messaging], Section 9.8     received-by       = ( uri-host [ ":" port ] ) / pseudonym     pseudonym         = token   Multiple Via field values represent each proxy or gateway that has   forwarded the message.  Each intermediary appends its own information   about how the message was received, such that the end result is   ordered according to the sequence of forwarding recipients.   A proxy MUST send an appropriate Via header field, as described   below, in each message that it forwards.  An HTTP-to-HTTP gateway   MUST send an appropriate Via header field in each inbound request   message and MAY send a Via header field in forwarded response   messages.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 36]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   For each intermediary, the received-protocol indicates the protocol   and protocol version used by the upstream sender of the message.   Hence, the Via field value records the advertised protocol   capabilities of the request/response chain such that they remain   visible to downstream recipients; this can be useful for determining   what backwards-incompatible features might be safe to use in   response, or within a later request, as described inSection 3.5.   For brevity, the protocol-name is omitted when the received protocol   is HTTP.   The received-by portion of the field value is normally the host and   optional port number of a recipient server or client that   subsequently forwarded the message.  However, if the real host is   considered to be sensitive information, a sender MAY replace it with   a pseudonym.  If a port is not provided, a recipient MAY interpret   that as meaning it was received on the default TCP port, if any, for   the received-protocol.   A sender MAY generate comments in the Via header field to identify   the software of each recipient, analogous to the User-Agent and   Server header fields.  However, all comments in the Via field are   optional, and a recipient MAY remove them prior to forwarding the   message.   For example, a request message could be sent from an HTTP/1.0 user   agent to an internal proxy code-named "fred", which uses HTTP/1.1 to   forward the request to a public proxy at p.example.net, which   completes the request by forwarding it to the origin server at   www.example.com.  The request received by www.example.com would then   have the following Via header field:     Via: 1.0 fred, 1.1 p.example.net   An intermediary used as a portal through a network firewall SHOULD   NOT forward the names and ports of hosts within the firewall region   unless it is explicitly enabled to do so.  If not enabled, such an   intermediary SHOULD replace each received-by host of any host behind   the firewall by an appropriate pseudonym for that host.   An intermediary MAY combine an ordered subsequence of Via header   field entries into a single such entry if the entries have identical   received-protocol values.  For example,     Via: 1.0 ricky, 1.1 ethel, 1.1 fred, 1.0 lucy   could be collapsed to     Via: 1.0 ricky, 1.1 mertz, 1.0 lucyFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 37]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   A sender SHOULD NOT combine multiple entries unless they are all   under the same organizational control and the hosts have already been   replaced by pseudonyms.  A sender MUST NOT combine entries that have   different received-protocol values.5.5.2.  Transformations   Some intermediaries include features for transforming messages and   their payloads.  A proxy might, for example, convert between image   formats in order to save cache space or to reduce the amount of   traffic on a slow link.  However, operational problems might occur   when these transformations are applied to payloads intended for   critical applications, such as medical imaging or scientific data   analysis, particularly when integrity checks or digital signatures   are used to ensure that the payload received is identical to the   original.   An HTTP-to-HTTP proxy is called a "transforming proxy" if it is   designed or configured to modify messages in a semantically   meaningful way (i.e., modifications, beyond those required by normal   HTTP processing, that change the message in a way that would be   significant to the original sender or potentially significant to   downstream recipients).  For example, a transforming proxy might be   acting as a shared annotation server (modifying responses to include   references to a local annotation database), a malware filter, a   format transcoder, or a privacy filter.  Such transformations are   presumed to be desired by whichever client (or client organization)   selected the proxy.   If a proxy receives a request-target with a host name that is not a   fully qualified domain name, it MAY add its own domain to the host   name it received when forwarding the request.  A proxy MUST NOT   change the host name if the request-target contains a fully qualified   domain name.   A proxy MUST NOT modify the "absolute-path" and "query" parts of the   received request-target when forwarding it to the next inbound   server, except as noted above to replace an empty path with "/" or   "*".   A proxy MAY modify the message body through application or removal of   a transfer coding (Section 7 of [Messaging]).   A proxy MUST NOT transform the payload (Section 6.3) of a message   that contains a no-transform cache-control response directive   (Section 5.2 of [Caching]).Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 38]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   A proxy MAY transform the payload of a message that does not contain   a no-transform cache-control directive.  A proxy that transforms the   payload of a 200 (OK) response can inform downstream recipients that   a transformation has been applied by changing the response status   code to 203 (Non-Authoritative Information) (Section 9.3.4).   A proxy SHOULD NOT modify header fields that provide information   about the endpoints of the communication chain, the resource state,   or the selected representation (other than the payload) unless the   field's definition specifically allows such modification or the   modification is deemed necessary for privacy or security.6.  Representations   Considering that a resource could be anything, and that the uniform   interface provided by HTTP is similar to a window through which one   can observe and act upon such a thing only through the communication   of messages to some independent actor on the other side, an   abstraction is needed to represent ("take the place of") the current   or desired state of that thing in our communications.  That   abstraction is called a representation [REST].   For the purposes of HTTP, a "representation" is information that is   intended to reflect a past, current, or desired state of a given   resource, in a format that can be readily communicated via the   protocol, and that consists of a set of representation metadata and a   potentially unbounded stream of representation data.   An origin server might be provided with, or be capable of generating,   multiple representations that are each intended to reflect the   current state of a target resource.  In such cases, some algorithm is   used by the origin server to select one of those representations as   most applicable to a given request, usually based on content   negotiation.  This "selected representation" is used to provide the   data and metadata for evaluating conditional requests (Section 8.2)   and constructing the payload for 200 (OK) and 304 (Not Modified)   responses to GET (Section 7.3.1).6.1.  Representation Data   The representation data associated with an HTTP message is either   provided as the payload body of the message or referred to by the   message semantics and the effective request URI.  The representation   data is in a format and encoding defined by the representation   metadata header fields.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 39]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   The data type of the representation data is determined via the header   fields Content-Type and Content-Encoding.  These define a two-layer,   ordered encoding model:     representation-data := Content-Encoding( Content-Type( bits ) )6.1.1.  Media Type   HTTP uses media types [RFC2046] in the Content-Type (Section 6.2.1)   and Accept (Section 8.4.2) header fields in order to provide open and   extensible data typing and type negotiation.  Media types define both   a data format and various processing models: how to process that data   in accordance with each context in which it is received.     media-type = type "/" subtype *( OWS ";" OWS parameter )     type       = token     subtype    = token   The type and subtype tokens are case-insensitive.   The type/subtype MAY be followed by semicolon-delimited parameters   (Section 4.2.3.4) in the form of name=value pairs.  The presence or   absence of a parameter might be significant to the processing of a   media type, depending on its definition within the media type   registry.  Parameter values might or might not be case-sensitive,   depending on the semantics of the parameter name.   For example, the following media types are equivalent in describing   HTML text data encoded in the UTF-8 character encoding scheme, but   the first is preferred for consistency (the "charset" parameter value   is defined as being case-insensitive in[RFC2046], Section 4.1.2):     text/html;charset=utf-8     Text/HTML;Charset="utf-8"     text/html; charset="utf-8"     text/html;charset=UTF-8   Media types ought to be registered with IANA according to the   procedures defined in [BCP13].6.1.1.1.  Charset   HTTP uses charset names to indicate or negotiate the character   encoding scheme of a textual representation [RFC6365].  A charset is   identified by a case-insensitive token.     charset = tokenFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 40]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   Charset names ought to be registered in the IANA "Character Sets"   registry (<https://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets>)   according to the procedures defined inSection 2 of [RFC2978].      Note: In theory, charset names are defined by the "mime-charset"      ABNF rule defined inSection 2.3 of [RFC2978] (as corrected in      [Err1912]).  That rule allows two characters that are not included      in "token" ("{" and "}"), but no charset name registered at the      time of this writing includes braces (see [Err5433]).6.1.1.2.  Canonicalization and Text Defaults   Media types are registered with a canonical form in order to be   interoperable among systems with varying native encoding formats.   Representations selected or transferred via HTTP ought to be in   canonical form, for many of the same reasons described by the   Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) [RFC2045].  However, the   performance characteristics of email deployments (i.e., store and   forward messages to peers) are significantly different from those   common to HTTP and the Web (server-based information services).   Furthermore, MIME's constraints for the sake of compatibility with   older mail transfer protocols do not apply to HTTP (seeAppendix B of   [Messaging]).   MIME's canonical form requires that media subtypes of the "text" type   use CRLF as the text line break.  HTTP allows the transfer of text   media with plain CR or LF alone representing a line break, when such   line breaks are consistent for an entire representation.  An HTTP   sender MAY generate, and a recipient MUST be able to parse, line   breaks in text media that consist of CRLF, bare CR, or bare LF.  In   addition, text media in HTTP is not limited to charsets that use   octets 13 and 10 for CR and LF, respectively.  This flexibility   regarding line breaks applies only to text within a representation   that has been assigned a "text" media type; it does not apply to   "multipart" types or HTTP elements outside the payload body (e.g.,   header fields).   If a representation is encoded with a content-coding, the underlying   data ought to be in a form defined above prior to being encoded.6.1.1.3.  Multipart Types   MIME provides for a number of "multipart" types -- encapsulations of   one or more representations within a single message body.  All   multipart types share a common syntax, as defined inSection 5.1.1 of   [RFC2046], and include a boundary parameter as part of the media type   value.  The message body is itself a protocol element; a sender MUST   generate only CRLF to represent line breaks between body parts.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 41]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   HTTP message framing does not use the multipart boundary as an   indicator of message body length, though it might be used by   implementations that generate or process the payload.  For example,   the "multipart/form-data" type is often used for carrying form data   in a request, as described in [RFC7578], and the "multipart/   byteranges" type is defined by this specification for use in some 206   (Partial Content) responses (seeSection 9.3.7).6.1.2.  Content Codings   Content coding values indicate an encoding transformation that has   been or can be applied to a representation.  Content codings are   primarily used to allow a representation to be compressed or   otherwise usefully transformed without losing the identity of its   underlying media type and without loss of information.  Frequently,   the representation is stored in coded form, transmitted directly, and   only decoded by the final recipient.     content-coding   = token   Content-coding values are used in the Accept-Encoding (Section 8.4.4)   and Content-Encoding (Section 6.2.2) header fields.   The following content-coding values are defined by this   specification:   +------------+------------------------------------------+-----------+   | Name       | Description                              | Reference |   +------------+------------------------------------------+-----------+   | compress   | UNIX "compress" data format [Welch]      | Section   |   |            |                                          | 6.1.2.1   |   | deflate    | "deflate" compressed data ([RFC1951])    | Section   |   |            | inside the "zlib" data format            | 6.1.2.2   |   |            | ([RFC1950])                              |           |   | gzip       | GZIP file format [RFC1952]               | Section   |   |            |                                          | 6.1.2.3   |   | identity   | Reserved (synonym for "no encoding" in   | Section   |   |            | Accept-Encoding)                         | 8.4.4     |   | x-compress | Deprecated (alias for compress)          | Section   |   |            |                                          | 6.1.2.1   |   | x-gzip     | Deprecated (alias for gzip)              | Section   |   |            |                                          | 6.1.2.3   |   +------------+------------------------------------------+-----------+                                  Table 2Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 42]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20196.1.2.1.  Compress Coding   The "compress" coding is an adaptive Lempel-Ziv-Welch (LZW) coding   [Welch] that is commonly produced by the UNIX file compression   program "compress".  A recipient SHOULD consider "x-compress" to be   equivalent to "compress".6.1.2.2.  Deflate Coding   The "deflate" coding is a "zlib" data format [RFC1950] containing a   "deflate" compressed data stream [RFC1951] that uses a combination of   the Lempel-Ziv (LZ77) compression algorithm and Huffman coding.      Note: Some non-conformant implementations send the "deflate"      compressed data without the zlib wrapper.6.1.2.3.  Gzip Coding   The "gzip" coding is an LZ77 coding with a 32-bit Cyclic Redundancy   Check (CRC) that is commonly produced by the gzip file compression   program [RFC1952].  A recipient SHOULD consider "x-gzip" to be   equivalent to "gzip".6.1.2.4.  Content Coding Extensibility   Additional content codings, outside the scope of this specification,   have been specified for use in HTTP.  All such content codings ought   to be registered within the "HTTP Content Coding Registry".6.1.2.4.1.  Content Coding Registry   The "HTTP Content Coding Registry", maintained by IANA at   <https://www.iana.org/assignments/http-parameters/>, registers   content-coding names.   Content coding registrations MUST include the following fields:   o  Name   o  Description   o  Pointer to specification text   Names of content codings MUST NOT overlap with names of transfer   codings (Section 7 of [Messaging]), unless the encoding   transformation is identical (as is the case for the compression   codings defined inSection 6.1.2).Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 43]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   Values to be added to this namespace require IETF Review (seeSection 4.8 of [RFC8126]) and MUST conform to the purpose of content   coding defined inSection 6.1.2.6.1.3.  Language Tags   A language tag, as defined in [RFC5646], identifies a natural   language spoken, written, or otherwise conveyed by human beings for   communication of information to other human beings.  Computer   languages are explicitly excluded.   HTTP uses language tags within the Accept-Language and Content-   Language header fields.  Accept-Language uses the broader language-   range production defined inSection 8.4.5, whereas Content-Language   uses the language-tag production defined below.     language-tag = <Language-Tag, see[RFC5646], Section 2.1>   A language tag is a sequence of one or more case-insensitive subtags,   each separated by a hyphen character ("-", %x2D).  In most cases, a   language tag consists of a primary language subtag that identifies a   broad family of related languages (e.g., "en" = English), which is   optionally followed by a series of subtags that refine or narrow that   language's range (e.g., "en-CA" = the variety of English as   communicated in Canada).  Whitespace is not allowed within a language   tag.  Example tags include:     fr, en-US, es-419, az-Arab, x-pig-latin, man-Nkoo-GN   See [RFC5646] for further information.6.1.4.  Range Units   A representation can be partitioned into subranges according to   various structural units, depending on the structure inherent in the   representation's media type.  This "range unit" is used in the   Accept-Ranges (Section 10.4.1) response header field to advertise   support for range requests, the Range (Section 8.3) request header   field to delineate the parts of a representation that are requested,   and the Content-Range (Section 6.3.3) payload header field to   describe which part of a representation is being transferred.     range-unit       = bytes-unit / other-range-unit   The following range unit names are defined by this document:Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 44]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   +-------------+---------------------------------------+-------------+   | Range Unit  | Description                           | Reference   |   | Name        |                                       |             |   +-------------+---------------------------------------+-------------+   | bytes       | a range of octets                     | Section     |   |             |                                       | 6.1.4.1     |   | none        | reserved as keyword, indicating no    | Section     |   |             | ranges are supported                  | 10.4.1      |   +-------------+---------------------------------------+-------------+                                  Table 36.1.4.1.  Byte Ranges   Since representation data is transferred in payloads as a sequence of   octets, a byte range is a meaningful substructure for any   representation transferable over HTTP (Section 6).  The "bytes" range   unit is defined for expressing subranges of the data's octet   sequence.     bytes-unit       = "bytes"   A byte-range request can specify a single range of bytes or a set of   ranges within a single representation.     byte-ranges-specifier = bytes-unit "=" byte-range-set     byte-range-set  = 1#( byte-range-spec / suffix-byte-range-spec )     byte-range-spec = first-byte-pos "-" [ last-byte-pos ]     first-byte-pos  = 1*DIGIT     last-byte-pos   = 1*DIGIT   The first-byte-pos value in a byte-range-spec gives the byte-offset   of the first byte in a range.  The last-byte-pos value gives the   byte-offset of the last byte in the range; that is, the byte   positions specified are inclusive.  Byte offsets start at zero.   Examples of byte-ranges-specifier values:   o  The first 500 bytes (byte offsets 0-499, inclusive):        bytes=0-499   o  The second 500 bytes (byte offsets 500-999, inclusive):Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 45]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019        bytes=500-999   A byte-range-spec is invalid if the last-byte-pos value is present   and less than the first-byte-pos.   A client can limit the number of bytes requested without knowing the   size of the selected representation.  If the last-byte-pos value is   absent, or if the value is greater than or equal to the current   length of the representation data, the byte range is interpreted as   the remainder of the representation (i.e., the server replaces the   value of last-byte-pos with a value that is one less than the current   length of the selected representation).   A client can request the last N bytes of the selected representation   using a suffix-byte-range-spec.     suffix-byte-range-spec = "-" suffix-length     suffix-length = 1*DIGIT   If the selected representation is shorter than the specified suffix-   length, the entire representation is used.   Additional examples, assuming a representation of length 10000:   o  The final 500 bytes (byte offsets 9500-9999, inclusive):        bytes=-500      Or:        bytes=9500-   o  The first and last bytes only (bytes 0 and 9999):        bytes=0-0,-1   o  Other valid (but not canonical) specifications of the second 500      bytes (byte offsets 500-999, inclusive):Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 46]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019        bytes=500-600,601-999        bytes=500-700,601-999   If a valid byte-range-set includes at least one byte-range-spec with   a first-byte-pos that is less than the current length of the   representation, or at least one suffix-byte-range-spec with a non-   zero suffix-length, then the byte-range-set is satisfiable.   Otherwise, the byte-range-set is unsatisfiable.   In the byte-range syntax, first-byte-pos, last-byte-pos, and suffix-   length are expressed as decimal number of octets.  Since there is no   predefined limit to the length of a payload, recipients MUST   anticipate potentially large decimal numerals and prevent parsing   errors due to integer conversion overflows.6.1.4.2.  Other Range Units   Range units are intended to be extensible.  New range units ought to   be registered with IANA, as defined inSection 6.1.4.3.     other-range-unit = token6.1.4.3.  Range Unit Registry   The "HTTP Range Unit Registry" defines the namespace for the range   unit names and refers to their corresponding specifications.  It is   maintained at <https://www.iana.org/assignments/http-parameters>.   Registration of an HTTP Range Unit MUST include the following fields:   o  Name   o  Description   o  Pointer to specification text   Values to be added to this namespace require IETF Review (see[RFC8126], Section 4.8).6.2.  Representation Metadata   Representation header fields provide metadata about the   representation.  When a message includes a payload body, the   representation header fields describe how to interpret the   representation data enclosed in the payload body.  In a response to a   HEAD request, the representation header fields describe the   representation data that would have been enclosed in the payload body   if the same request had been a GET.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 47]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   The following header fields convey representation metadata:   +-------------------+---------------+   | Header Field Name | Defined in... |   +-------------------+---------------+   | Content-Type      |Section 6.2.1 |   | Content-Encoding  |Section 6.2.2 |   | Content-Language  |Section 6.2.3 |   | Content-Length    |Section 6.2.4 |   | Content-Location  |Section 6.2.5 |   +-------------------+---------------+6.2.1.  Content-Type   The "Content-Type" header field indicates the media type of the   associated representation: either the representation enclosed in the   message payload or the selected representation, as determined by the   message semantics.  The indicated media type defines both the data   format and how that data is intended to be processed by a recipient,   within the scope of the received message semantics, after any content   codings indicated by Content-Encoding are decoded.     Content-Type = media-type   Media types are defined inSection 6.1.1.  An example of the field is     Content-Type: text/html; charset=ISO-8859-4   A sender that generates a message containing a payload body SHOULD   generate a Content-Type header field in that message unless the   intended media type of the enclosed representation is unknown to the   sender.  If a Content-Type header field is not present, the recipient   MAY either assume a media type of "application/octet-stream"   ([RFC2046], Section 4.5.1) or examine the data to determine its type.   In practice, resource owners do not always properly configure their   origin server to provide the correct Content-Type for a given   representation.  Some user agents examine a payload's content and, in   certain cases, override the received type (for example, see   [Sniffing]).  This "MIME sniffing" risks drawing incorrect   conclusions about the data, which might expose the user to additional   security risks (e.g., "privilege escalation").  Furthermore, it is   impossible to determine the sender's intended processing model by   examining the data format: many data formats match multiple media   types that differ only in processing semantics.  Implementers are   encouraged to provide a means to disable such sniffing.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 48]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20196.2.2.  Content-Encoding   The "Content-Encoding" header field indicates what content codings   have been applied to the representation, beyond those inherent in the   media type, and thus what decoding mechanisms have to be applied in   order to obtain data in the media type referenced by the Content-Type   header field.  Content-Encoding is primarily used to allow a   representation's data to be compressed without losing the identity of   its underlying media type.     Content-Encoding = 1#content-coding   An example of its use is     Content-Encoding: gzip   If one or more encodings have been applied to a representation, the   sender that applied the encodings MUST generate a Content-Encoding   header field that lists the content codings in the order in which   they were applied.  Additional information about the encoding   parameters can be provided by other header fields not defined by this   specification.   Unlike Transfer-Encoding (Section 6.1 of [Messaging]), the codings   listed in Content-Encoding are a characteristic of the   representation; the representation is defined in terms of the coded   form, and all other metadata about the representation is about the   coded form unless otherwise noted in the metadata definition.   Typically, the representation is only decoded just prior to rendering   or analogous usage.   If the media type includes an inherent encoding, such as a data   format that is always compressed, then that encoding would not be   restated in Content-Encoding even if it happens to be the same   algorithm as one of the content codings.  Such a content coding would   only be listed if, for some bizarre reason, it is applied a second   time to form the representation.  Likewise, an origin server might   choose to publish the same data as multiple representations that   differ only in whether the coding is defined as part of Content-Type   or Content-Encoding, since some user agents will behave differently   in their handling of each response (e.g., open a "Save as ..." dialog   instead of automatic decompression and rendering of content).   An origin server MAY respond with a status code of 415 (Unsupported   Media Type) if a representation in the request message has a content   coding that is not acceptable.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 49]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20196.2.3.  Content-Language   The "Content-Language" header field describes the natural language(s)   of the intended audience for the representation.  Note that this   might not be equivalent to all the languages used within the   representation.     Content-Language = 1#language-tag   Language tags are defined inSection 6.1.3.  The primary purpose of   Content-Language is to allow a user to identify and differentiate   representations according to the users' own preferred language.   Thus, if the content is intended only for a Danish-literate audience,   the appropriate field is     Content-Language: da   If no Content-Language is specified, the default is that the content   is intended for all language audiences.  This might mean that the   sender does not consider it to be specific to any natural language,   or that the sender does not know for which language it is intended.   Multiple languages MAY be listed for content that is intended for   multiple audiences.  For example, a rendition of the "Treaty of   Waitangi", presented simultaneously in the original Maori and English   versions, would call for     Content-Language: mi, en   However, just because multiple languages are present within a   representation does not mean that it is intended for multiple   linguistic audiences.  An example would be a beginner's language   primer, such as "A First Lesson in Latin", which is clearly intended   to be used by an English-literate audience.  In this case, the   Content-Language would properly only include "en".   Content-Language MAY be applied to any media type -- it is not   limited to textual documents.6.2.4.  Content-Length   [[CREF4: The "Content-Length" header field indicates the number of   data octets (body length) for the representation.  In some cases,   Content-Length is used to define or estimate message framing.  ]]     Content-Length = 1*DIGIT   An example isFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 50]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019     Content-Length: 3495   A sender MUST NOT send a Content-Length header field in any message   that contains a Transfer-Encoding header field.   A user agent SHOULD send a Content-Length in a request message when   no Transfer-Encoding is sent and the request method defines a meaning   for an enclosed payload body.  For example, a Content-Length header   field is normally sent in a POST request even when the value is 0   (indicating an empty payload body).  A user agent SHOULD NOT send a   Content-Length header field when the request message does not contain   a payload body and the method semantics do not anticipate such a   body.   A server MAY send a Content-Length header field in a response to a   HEAD request (Section 7.3.2); a server MUST NOT send Content-Length   in such a response unless its field-value equals the decimal number   of octets that would have been sent in the payload body of a response   if the same request had used the GET method.   A server MAY send a Content-Length header field in a 304 (Not   Modified) response to a conditional GET request (Section 9.4.5); a   server MUST NOT send Content-Length in such a response unless its   field-value equals the decimal number of octets that would have been   sent in the payload body of a 200 (OK) response to the same request.   A server MUST NOT send a Content-Length header field in any response   with a status code of 1xx (Informational) or 204 (No Content).  A   server MUST NOT send a Content-Length header field in any 2xx   (Successful) response to a CONNECT request (Section 7.3.6).   Aside from the cases defined above, in the absence of Transfer-   Encoding, an origin server SHOULD send a Content-Length header field   when the payload body size is known prior to sending the complete   header section.  This will allow downstream recipients to measure   transfer progress, know when a received message is complete, and   potentially reuse the connection for additional requests.   Any Content-Length field value greater than or equal to zero is   valid.  Since there is no predefined limit to the length of a   payload, a recipient MUST anticipate potentially large decimal   numerals and prevent parsing errors due to integer conversion   overflows (Section 12.5).   If a message is received that has multiple Content-Length header   fields with field-values consisting of the same decimal value, or a   single Content-Length header field with a field value containing a   list of identical decimal values (e.g., "Content-Length: 42, 42"),Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 51]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   indicating that duplicate Content-Length header fields have been   generated or combined by an upstream message processor, then the   recipient MUST either reject the message as invalid or replace the   duplicated field-values with a single valid Content-Length field   containing that decimal value prior to determining the message body   length or forwarding the message.6.2.5.  Content-Location   The "Content-Location" header field references a URI that can be used   as an identifier for a specific resource corresponding to the   representation in this message's payload.  In other words, if one   were to perform a GET request on this URI at the time of this   message's generation, then a 200 (OK) response would contain the same   representation that is enclosed as payload in this message.     Content-Location = absolute-URI / partial-URI   The Content-Location value is not a replacement for the effective   Request URI (Section 5.3).  It is representation metadata.  It has   the same syntax and semantics as the header field of the same name   defined for MIME body parts inSection 4 of [RFC2557].  However, its   appearance in an HTTP message has some special implications for HTTP   recipients.   If Content-Location is included in a 2xx (Successful) response   message and its value refers (after conversion to absolute form) to a   URI that is the same as the effective request URI, then the recipient   MAY consider the payload to be a current representation of that   resource at the time indicated by the message origination date.  For   a GET (Section 7.3.1) or HEAD (Section 7.3.2) request, this is the   same as the default semantics when no Content-Location is provided by   the server.  For a state-changing request like PUT (Section 7.3.4) or   POST (Section 7.3.3), it implies that the server's response contains   the new representation of that resource, thereby distinguishing it   from representations that might only report about the action (e.g.,   "It worked!").  This allows authoring applications to update their   local copies without the need for a subsequent GET request.   If Content-Location is included in a 2xx (Successful) response   message and its field-value refers to a URI that differs from the   effective request URI, then the origin server claims that the URI is   an identifier for a different resource corresponding to the enclosed   representation.  Such a claim can only be trusted if both identifiers   share the same resource owner, which cannot be programmatically   determined via HTTP.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 52]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   o  For a response to a GET or HEAD request, this is an indication      that the effective request URI refers to a resource that is      subject to content negotiation and the Content-Location field-      value is a more specific identifier for the selected      representation.   o  For a 201 (Created) response to a state-changing method, a      Content-Location field-value that is identical to the Location      field-value indicates that this payload is a current      representation of the newly created resource.   o  Otherwise, such a Content-Location indicates that this payload is      a representation reporting on the requested action's status and      that the same report is available (for future access with GET) at      the given URI.  For example, a purchase transaction made via a      POST request might include a receipt document as the payload of      the 200 (OK) response; the Content-Location field-value provides      an identifier for retrieving a copy of that same receipt in the      future.   A user agent that sends Content-Location in a request message is   stating that its value refers to where the user agent originally   obtained the content of the enclosed representation (prior to any   modifications made by that user agent).  In other words, the user   agent is providing a back link to the source of the original   representation.   An origin server that receives a Content-Location field in a request   message MUST treat the information as transitory request context   rather than as metadata to be saved verbatim as part of the   representation.  An origin server MAY use that context to guide in   processing the request or to save it for other uses, such as within   source links or versioning metadata.  However, an origin server MUST   NOT use such context information to alter the request semantics.   For example, if a client makes a PUT request on a negotiated resource   and the origin server accepts that PUT (without redirection), then   the new state of that resource is expected to be consistent with the   one representation supplied in that PUT; the Content-Location cannot   be used as a form of reverse content selection identifier to update   only one of the negotiated representations.  If the user agent had   wanted the latter semantics, it would have applied the PUT directly   to the Content-Location URI.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 53]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20196.3.  Payload   Some HTTP messages transfer a complete or partial representation as   the message "payload".  In some cases, a payload might contain only   the associated representation's header fields (e.g., responses to   HEAD) or only some part(s) of the representation data (e.g., the 206   (Partial Content) status code).   Header fields that specifically describe the payload, rather than the   associated representation, are referred to as "payload header   fields".  Payload header fields are defined in other parts of this   specification, due to their impact on message parsing.   +-------------------+----------------------------+   | Header Field Name | Defined in...              |   +-------------------+----------------------------+   | Content-Range     |Section 6.3.3              |   | Trailer           |Section 4.4                |   | Transfer-Encoding | Section 6.1 of [Messaging] |   +-------------------+----------------------------+6.3.1.  Purpose   The purpose of a payload in a request is defined by the method   semantics.  For example, a representation in the payload of a PUT   request (Section 7.3.4) represents the desired state of the target   resource if the request is successfully applied, whereas a   representation in the payload of a POST request (Section 7.3.3)   represents information to be processed by the target resource.   In a response, the payload's purpose is defined by both the request   method and the response status code.  For example, the payload of a   200 (OK) response to GET (Section 7.3.1) represents the current state   of the target resource, as observed at the time of the message   origination date (Section 10.1.1.2), whereas the payload of the same   status code in a response to POST might represent either the   processing result or the new state of the target resource after   applying the processing.  Response messages with an error status code   usually contain a payload that represents the error condition, such   that it describes the error state and what next steps are suggested   for resolving it.6.3.2.  Identification   When a complete or partial representation is transferred in a message   payload, it is often desirable for the sender to supply, or the   recipient to determine, an identifier for a resource corresponding to   that representation.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 54]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   For a request message:   o  If the request has a Content-Location header field, then the      sender asserts that the payload is a representation of the      resource identified by the Content-Location field-value.  However,      such an assertion cannot be trusted unless it can be verified by      other means (not defined by this specification).  The information      might still be useful for revision history links.   o  Otherwise, the payload is unidentified.   For a response message, the following rules are applied in order   until a match is found:   1.  If the request method is GET or HEAD and the response status code       is 200 (OK), 204 (No Content), 206 (Partial Content), or 304 (Not       Modified), the payload is a representation of the resource       identified by the effective request URI (Section 5.3).   2.  If the request method is GET or HEAD and the response status code       is 203 (Non-Authoritative Information), the payload is a       potentially modified or enhanced representation of the target       resource as provided by an intermediary.   3.  If the response has a Content-Location header field and its       field-value is a reference to the same URI as the effective       request URI, the payload is a representation of the resource       identified by the effective request URI.   4.  If the response has a Content-Location header field and its       field-value is a reference to a URI different from the effective       request URI, then the sender asserts that the payload is a       representation of the resource identified by the Content-Location       field-value.  However, such an assertion cannot be trusted unless       it can be verified by other means (not defined by this       specification).   5.  Otherwise, the payload is unidentified.6.3.3.  Content-Range   The "Content-Range" header field is sent in a single part 206   (Partial Content) response to indicate the partial range of the   selected representation enclosed as the message payload, sent in each   part of a multipart 206 response to indicate the range enclosed   within each body part, and sent in 416 (Range Not Satisfiable)   responses to provide information about the selected representation.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 55]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019     Content-Range       = byte-content-range                         / other-content-range     byte-content-range  = bytes-unit SP                           ( byte-range-resp / unsatisfied-range )     byte-range-resp     = byte-range "/" ( complete-length / "*" )     byte-range          = first-byte-pos "-" last-byte-pos     unsatisfied-range   = "*/" complete-length     complete-length     = 1*DIGIT     other-content-range = other-range-unit SP other-range-resp     other-range-resp    = *VCHAR   If a 206 (Partial Content) response contains a Content-Range header   field with a range unit (Section 6.1.4) that the recipient does not   understand, the recipient MUST NOT attempt to recombine it with a   stored representation.  A proxy that receives such a message SHOULD   forward it downstream.   For byte ranges, a sender SHOULD indicate the complete length of the   representation from which the range has been extracted, unless the   complete length is unknown or difficult to determine.  An asterisk   character ("*") in place of the complete-length indicates that the   representation length was unknown when the header field was   generated.   The following example illustrates when the complete length of the   selected representation is known by the sender to be 1234 bytes:     Content-Range: bytes 42-1233/1234   and this second example illustrates when the complete length is   unknown:     Content-Range: bytes 42-1233/*   A Content-Range field value is invalid if it contains a byte-range-   resp that has a last-byte-pos value less than its first-byte-pos   value, or a complete-length value less than or equal to its last-   byte-pos value.  The recipient of an invalid Content-Range MUST NOT   attempt to recombine the received content with a stored   representation.   A server generating a 416 (Range Not Satisfiable) response to a byte-   range request SHOULD send a Content-Range header field with an   unsatisfied-range value, as in the following example:Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 56]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019     Content-Range: bytes */1234   The complete-length in a 416 response indicates the current length of   the selected representation.   The Content-Range header field has no meaning for status codes that   do not explicitly describe its semantic.  For this specification,   only the 206 (Partial Content) and 416 (Range Not Satisfiable) status   codes describe a meaning for Content-Range.   The following are examples of Content-Range values in which the   selected representation contains a total of 1234 bytes:   o  The first 500 bytes:        Content-Range: bytes 0-499/1234   o  The second 500 bytes:        Content-Range: bytes 500-999/1234   o  All except for the first 500 bytes:        Content-Range: bytes 500-1233/1234   o  The last 500 bytes:        Content-Range: bytes 734-1233/12346.3.4.  Media Type multipart/byteranges   When a 206 (Partial Content) response message includes the content of   multiple ranges, they are transmitted as body parts in a multipart   message body ([RFC2046], Section 5.1) with the media type of   "multipart/byteranges".   The multipart/byteranges media type includes one or more body parts,   each with its own Content-Type and Content-Range fields.  The   required boundary parameter specifies the boundary string used to   separate each body part.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 57]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   Implementation Notes:   1.  Additional CRLFs might precede the first boundary string in the       body.   2.  Although [RFC2046] permits the boundary string to be quoted, some       existing implementations handle a quoted boundary string       incorrectly.   3.  A number of clients and servers were coded to an early draft of       the byteranges specification that used a media type of multipart/       x-byteranges, which is almost (but not quite) compatible with       this type.   Despite the name, the "multipart/byteranges" media type is not   limited to byte ranges.  The following example uses an "exampleunit"   range unit:     HTTP/1.1 206 Partial Content     Date: Tue, 14 Nov 1995 06:25:24 GMT     Last-Modified: Tue, 14 July 04:58:08 GMT     Content-Length: 2331785     Content-Type: multipart/byteranges; boundary=THIS_STRING_SEPARATES     --THIS_STRING_SEPARATES     Content-Type: video/example     Content-Range: exampleunit 1.2-4.3/25     ...the first range...     --THIS_STRING_SEPARATES     Content-Type: video/example     Content-Range: exampleunit 11.2-14.3/25     ...the second range     --THIS_STRING_SEPARATES--   The following information serves as the registration form for the   multipart/byteranges media type.   Type name:  multipart   Subtype name:  byteranges   Required parameters:  boundary   Optional parameters:  N/AFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 58]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   Encoding considerations:  only "7bit", "8bit", or "binary" are      permitted   Security considerations:  seeSection 12   Interoperability considerations:  N/A   Published specification:  This specification (seeSection 6.3.4).   Applications that use this media type:  HTTP components supporting      multiple ranges in a single request.   Fragment identifier considerations:  N/A   Additional information:      Deprecated alias names for this type:  N/A      Magic number(s):  N/A      File extension(s):  N/A      Macintosh file type code(s):  N/A   Person and email address to contact for further information:  See Aut      hors' Addresses section.   Intended usage:  COMMON   Restrictions on usage:  N/A   Author:  See Authors' Addresses section.   Change controller:  IESG6.4.  Content Negotiation   When responses convey payload information, whether indicating a   success or an error, the origin server often has different ways of   representing that information; for example, in different formats,   languages, or encodings.  Likewise, different users or user agents   might have differing capabilities, characteristics, or preferences   that could influence which representation, among those available,   would be best to deliver.  For this reason, HTTP provides mechanisms   for content negotiation.   This specification defines two patterns of content negotiation that   can be made visible within the protocol: "proactive", where theFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 59]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   server selects the representation based upon the user agent's stated   preferences, and "reactive" negotiation, where the server provides a   list of representations for the user agent to choose from.  Other   patterns of content negotiation include "conditional content", where   the representation consists of multiple parts that are selectively   rendered based on user agent parameters, "active content", where the   representation contains a script that makes additional (more   specific) requests based on the user agent characteristics, and   "Transparent Content Negotiation" ([RFC2295]), where content   selection is performed by an intermediary.  These patterns are not   mutually exclusive, and each has trade-offs in applicability and   practicality.   Note that, in all cases, HTTP is not aware of the resource semantics.   The consistency with which an origin server responds to requests,   over time and over the varying dimensions of content negotiation, and   thus the "sameness" of a resource's observed representations over   time, is determined entirely by whatever entity or algorithm selects   or generates those responses.  HTTP pays no attention to the man   behind the curtain.6.4.1.  Proactive Negotiation   When content negotiation preferences are sent by the user agent in a   request to encourage an algorithm located at the server to select the   preferred representation, it is called proactive negotiation (a.k.a.,   server-driven negotiation).  Selection is based on the available   representations for a response (the dimensions over which it might   vary, such as language, content-coding, etc.) compared to various   information supplied in the request, including both the explicit   negotiation fields ofSection 8.4 and implicit characteristics, such   as the client's network address or parts of the User-Agent field.   Proactive negotiation is advantageous when the algorithm for   selecting from among the available representations is difficult to   describe to a user agent, or when the server desires to send its   "best guess" to the user agent along with the first response (hoping   to avoid the round trip delay of a subsequent request if the "best   guess" is good enough for the user).  In order to improve the   server's guess, a user agent MAY send request header fields that   describe its preferences.   Proactive negotiation has serious disadvantages:   o  It is impossible for the server to accurately determine what might      be "best" for any given user, since that would require complete      knowledge of both the capabilities of the user agent and theFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 60]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019      intended use for the response (e.g., does the user want to view it      on screen or print it on paper?);   o  Having the user agent describe its capabilities in every request      can be both very inefficient (given that only a small percentage      of responses have multiple representations) and a potential risk      to the user's privacy;   o  It complicates the implementation of an origin server and the      algorithms for generating responses to a request; and,   o  It limits the reusability of responses for shared caching.   A user agent cannot rely on proactive negotiation preferences being   consistently honored, since the origin server might not implement   proactive negotiation for the requested resource or might decide that   sending a response that doesn't conform to the user agent's   preferences is better than sending a 406 (Not Acceptable) response.   A Vary header field (Section 10.1.4) is often sent in a response   subject to proactive negotiation to indicate what parts of the   request information were used in the selection algorithm.6.4.2.  Reactive Negotiation   With reactive negotiation (a.k.a., agent-driven negotiation),   selection of the best response representation (regardless of the   status code) is performed by the user agent after receiving an   initial response from the origin server that contains a list of   resources for alternative representations.  If the user agent is not   satisfied by the initial response representation, it can perform a   GET request on one or more of the alternative resources, selected   based on metadata included in the list, to obtain a different form of   representation for that response.  Selection of alternatives might be   performed automatically by the user agent or manually by the user   selecting from a generated (possibly hypertext) menu.   Note that the above refers to representations of the response, in   general, not representations of the resource.  The alternative   representations are only considered representations of the target   resource if the response in which those alternatives are provided has   the semantics of being a representation of the target resource (e.g.,   a 200 (OK) response to a GET request) or has the semantics of   providing links to alternative representations for the target   resource (e.g., a 300 (Multiple Choices) response to a GET request).   A server might choose not to send an initial representation, other   than the list of alternatives, and thereby indicate that reactiveFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 61]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   negotiation by the user agent is preferred.  For example, the   alternatives listed in responses with the 300 (Multiple Choices) and   406 (Not Acceptable) status codes include information about the   available representations so that the user or user agent can react by   making a selection.   Reactive negotiation is advantageous when the response would vary   over commonly used dimensions (such as type, language, or encoding),   when the origin server is unable to determine a user agent's   capabilities from examining the request, and generally when public   caches are used to distribute server load and reduce network usage.   Reactive negotiation suffers from the disadvantages of transmitting a   list of alternatives to the user agent, which degrades user-perceived   latency if transmitted in the header section, and needing a second   request to obtain an alternate representation.  Furthermore, this   specification does not define a mechanism for supporting automatic   selection, though it does not prevent such a mechanism from being   developed as an extension.7.  Request Methods7.1.  Overview   The request method token is the primary source of request semantics;   it indicates the purpose for which the client has made this request   and what is expected by the client as a successful result.   The request method's semantics might be further specialized by the   semantics of some header fields when present in a request (Section 8)   if those additional semantics do not conflict with the method.  For   example, a client can send conditional request header fields   (Section 8.2) to make the requested action conditional on the current   state of the target resource.     method = token   HTTP was originally designed to be usable as an interface to   distributed object systems.  The request method was envisioned as   applying semantics to a target resource in much the same way as   invoking a defined method on an identified object would apply   semantics.   The method token is case-sensitive because it might be used as a   gateway to object-based systems with case-sensitive method names.  By   convention, standardized methods are defined in all-uppercase US-   ASCII letters.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 62]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   Unlike distributed objects, the standardized request methods in HTTP   are not resource-specific, since uniform interfaces provide for   better visibility and reuse in network-based systems [REST].  Once   defined, a standardized method ought to have the same semantics when   applied to any resource, though each resource determines for itself   whether those semantics are implemented or allowed.   This specification defines a number of standardized methods that are   commonly used in HTTP, as outlined by the following table.   +---------+-------------------------------------------------+-------+   | Method  | Description                                     | Sec.  |   +---------+-------------------------------------------------+-------+   | GET     | Transfer a current representation of the target | 7.3.1 |   |         | resource.                                       |       |   | HEAD    | Same as GET, but only transfer the status line  | 7.3.2 |   |         | and header section.                             |       |   | POST    | Perform resource-specific processing on the     | 7.3.3 |   |         | request payload.                                |       |   | PUT     | Replace all current representations of the      | 7.3.4 |   |         | target resource with the request payload.       |       |   | DELETE  | Remove all current representations of the       | 7.3.5 |   |         | target resource.                                |       |   | CONNECT | Establish a tunnel to the server identified by  | 7.3.6 |   |         | the target resource.                            |       |   | OPTIONS | Describe the communication options for the      | 7.3.7 |   |         | target resource.                                |       |   | TRACE   | Perform a message loop-back test along the path | 7.3.8 |   |         | to the target resource.                         |       |   +---------+-------------------------------------------------+-------+                                  Table 4   All general-purpose servers MUST support the methods GET and HEAD.   All other methods are OPTIONAL.   The set of methods allowed by a target resource can be listed in an   Allow header field (Section 10.4.2).  However, the set of allowed   methods can change dynamically.  When a request method is received   that is unrecognized or not implemented by an origin server, the   origin server SHOULD respond with the 501 (Not Implemented) status   code.  When a request method is received that is known by an origin   server but not allowed for the target resource, the origin server   SHOULD respond with the 405 (Method Not Allowed) status code.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 63]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20197.2.  Common Method Properties   +---------+------+------------+----------------+   | Method  | Safe | Idempotent | Reference      |   +---------+------+------------+----------------+   | CONNECT | no   | no         |Section 7.3.6  |   | DELETE  | no   | yes        |Section 7.3.5  |   | GET     | yes  | yes        |Section 7.3.1  |   | HEAD    | yes  | yes        |Section 7.3.2  |   | OPTIONS | yes  | yes        |Section 7.3.7  |   | POST    | no   | no         |Section 7.3.3  |   | PUT     | no   | yes        |Section 7.3.4  |   | TRACE   | yes  | yes        |Section 7.3.8  |   +---------+------+------------+----------------+                                  Table 57.2.1.  Safe Methods   Request methods are considered "safe" if their defined semantics are   essentially read-only; i.e., the client does not request, and does   not expect, any state change on the origin server as a result of   applying a safe method to a target resource.  Likewise, reasonable   use of a safe method is not expected to cause any harm, loss of   property, or unusual burden on the origin server.   This definition of safe methods does not prevent an implementation   from including behavior that is potentially harmful, that is not   entirely read-only, or that causes side effects while invoking a safe   method.  What is important, however, is that the client did not   request that additional behavior and cannot be held accountable for   it.  For example, most servers append request information to access   log files at the completion of every response, regardless of the   method, and that is considered safe even though the log storage might   become full and crash the server.  Likewise, a safe request initiated   by selecting an advertisement on the Web will often have the side   effect of charging an advertising account.   Of the request methods defined by this specification, the GET, HEAD,   OPTIONS, and TRACE methods are defined to be safe.   The purpose of distinguishing between safe and unsafe methods is to   allow automated retrieval processes (spiders) and cache performance   optimization (pre-fetching) to work without fear of causing harm.  In   addition, it allows a user agent to apply appropriate constraints on   the automated use of unsafe methods when processing potentially   untrusted content.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 64]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   A user agent SHOULD distinguish between safe and unsafe methods when   presenting potential actions to a user, such that the user can be   made aware of an unsafe action before it is requested.   When a resource is constructed such that parameters within the   effective request URI have the effect of selecting an action, it is   the resource owner's responsibility to ensure that the action is   consistent with the request method semantics.  For example, it is   common for Web-based content editing software to use actions within   query parameters, such as "page?do=delete".  If the purpose of such a   resource is to perform an unsafe action, then the resource owner MUST   disable or disallow that action when it is accessed using a safe   request method.  Failure to do so will result in unfortunate side   effects when automated processes perform a GET on every URI reference   for the sake of link maintenance, pre-fetching, building a search   index, etc.7.2.2.  Idempotent Methods   A request method is considered "idempotent" if the intended effect on   the server of multiple identical requests with that method is the   same as the effect for a single such request.  Of the request methods   defined by this specification, PUT, DELETE, and safe request methods   are idempotent.   Like the definition of safe, the idempotent property only applies to   what has been requested by the user; a server is free to log each   request separately, retain a revision control history, or implement   other non-idempotent side effects for each idempotent request.   Idempotent methods are distinguished because the request can be   repeated automatically if a communication failure occurs before the   client is able to read the server's response.  For example, if a   client sends a PUT request and the underlying connection is closed   before any response is received, then the client can establish a new   connection and retry the idempotent request.  It knows that repeating   the request will have the same intended effect, even if the original   request succeeded, though the response might differ.   A user agent MUST NOT automatically retry a request with a non-   idempotent method unless it has some means to know that the request   semantics are actually idempotent, regardless of the method, or some   means to detect that the original request was never applied.  For   example, a user agent that knows (through design or configuration)   that a POST request to a given resource is safe can repeat that   request automatically.  Likewise, a user agent designed specifically   to operate on a version control repository might be able to recover   from partial failure conditions by checking the target resourceFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 65]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   revision(s) after a failed connection, reverting or fixing any   changes that were partially applied, and then automatically retrying   the requests that failed.   A proxy MUST NOT automatically retry non-idempotent requests.   A client SHOULD NOT automatically retry a failed automatic retry.7.2.3.  Cacheable Methods   Request methods can be defined as "cacheable" to indicate that   responses to them are allowed to be stored for future reuse; for   specific requirements see [Caching].  In general, safe methods that   do not depend on a current or authoritative response are defined as   cacheable; this specification defines GET, HEAD, and POST as   cacheable, although the overwhelming majority of cache   implementations only support GET and HEAD.7.3.  Method Definitions7.3.1.  GET   The GET method requests transfer of a current selected representation   for the target resource.  GET is the primary mechanism of information   retrieval and the focus of almost all performance optimizations.   Hence, when people speak of retrieving some identifiable information   via HTTP, they are generally referring to making a GET request.   It is tempting to think of resource identifiers as remote file system   pathnames and of representations as being a copy of the contents of   such files.  In fact, that is how many resources are implemented (seeSection 12.3 for related security considerations).  However, there   are no such limitations in practice.  The HTTP interface for a   resource is just as likely to be implemented as a tree of content   objects, a programmatic view on various database records, or a   gateway to other information systems.  Even when the URI mapping   mechanism is tied to a file system, an origin server might be   configured to execute the files with the request as input and send   the output as the representation rather than transfer the files   directly.  Regardless, only the origin server needs to know how each   of its resource identifiers corresponds to an implementation and how   each implementation manages to select and send a current   representation of the target resource in a response to GET.   A client can alter the semantics of GET to be a "range request",   requesting transfer of only some part(s) of the selected   representation, by sending a Range header field in the request   (Section 8.3).Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 66]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   A payload within a GET request message has no defined semantics;   sending a payload body on a GET request might cause some existing   implementations to reject the request.   The response to a GET request is cacheable; a cache MAY use it to   satisfy subsequent GET and HEAD requests unless otherwise indicated   by the Cache-Control header field (Section 5.2 of [Caching]).7.3.2.  HEAD   The HEAD method is identical to GET except that the server MUST NOT   send a message body in the response (i.e., the response terminates at   the end of the header section).  The server SHOULD send the same   header fields in response to a HEAD request as it would have sent if   the request had been a GET, except that the payload header fields   (Section 6.3) MAY be omitted.  This method can be used for obtaining   metadata about the selected representation without transferring the   representation data and is often used for testing hypertext links for   validity, accessibility, and recent modification.   A payload within a HEAD request message has no defined semantics;   sending a payload body on a HEAD request might cause some existing   implementations to reject the request.   The response to a HEAD request is cacheable; a cache MAY use it to   satisfy subsequent HEAD requests unless otherwise indicated by the   Cache-Control header field (Section 5.2 of [Caching]).  A HEAD   response might also have an effect on previously cached responses to   GET; see Section 4.3.5 of [Caching].7.3.3.  POST   The POST method requests that the target resource process the   representation enclosed in the request according to the resource's   own specific semantics.  For example, POST is used for the following   functions (among others):   o  Providing a block of data, such as the fields entered into an HTML      form, to a data-handling process;   o  Posting a message to a bulletin board, newsgroup, mailing list,      blog, or similar group of articles;   o  Creating a new resource that has yet to be identified by the      origin server; and   o  Appending data to a resource's existing representation(s).Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 67]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   An origin server indicates response semantics by choosing an   appropriate status code depending on the result of processing the   POST request; almost all of the status codes defined by this   specification might be received in a response to POST (the exceptions   being 206 (Partial Content), 304 (Not Modified), and 416 (Range Not   Satisfiable)).   If one or more resources has been created on the origin server as a   result of successfully processing a POST request, the origin server   SHOULD send a 201 (Created) response containing a Location header   field that provides an identifier for the primary resource created   (Section 10.1.2) and a representation that describes the status of   the request while referring to the new resource(s).   Responses to POST requests are only cacheable when they include   explicit freshness information (see Section 4.2.1 of [Caching]) and a   Content-Location header field that has the same value as the POST's   effective request URI (Section 6.2.5).  A cached POST response can be   reused to satisfy a later GET or HEAD request, but not a POST   request, since POST is required to be written through to the origin   server, because it is unsafe; see Section 4 of [Caching].   If the result of processing a POST would be equivalent to a   representation of an existing resource, an origin server MAY redirect   the user agent to that resource by sending a 303 (See Other) response   with the existing resource's identifier in the Location field.  This   has the benefits of providing the user agent a resource identifier   and transferring the representation via a method more amenable to   shared caching, though at the cost of an extra request if the user   agent does not already have the representation cached.7.3.4.  PUT   The PUT method requests that the state of the target resource be   created or replaced with the state defined by the representation   enclosed in the request message payload.  A successful PUT of a given   representation would suggest that a subsequent GET on that same   target resource will result in an equivalent representation being   sent in a 200 (OK) response.  However, there is no guarantee that   such a state change will be observable, since the target resource   might be acted upon by other user agents in parallel, or might be   subject to dynamic processing by the origin server, before any   subsequent GET is received.  A successful response only implies that   the user agent's intent was achieved at the time of its processing by   the origin server.   If the target resource does not have a current representation and the   PUT successfully creates one, then the origin server MUST inform theFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 68]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   user agent by sending a 201 (Created) response.  If the target   resource does have a current representation and that representation   is successfully modified in accordance with the state of the enclosed   representation, then the origin server MUST send either a 200 (OK) or   a 204 (No Content) response to indicate successful completion of the   request.   An origin server SHOULD ignore unrecognized header fields received in   a PUT request (i.e., do not save them as part of the resource state).   An origin server SHOULD verify that the PUT representation is   consistent with any constraints the server has for the target   resource that cannot or will not be changed by the PUT.  This is   particularly important when the origin server uses internal   configuration information related to the URI in order to set the   values for representation metadata on GET responses.  When a PUT   representation is inconsistent with the target resource, the origin   server SHOULD either make them consistent, by transforming the   representation or changing the resource configuration, or respond   with an appropriate error message containing sufficient information   to explain why the representation is unsuitable.  The 409 (Conflict)   or 415 (Unsupported Media Type) status codes are suggested, with the   latter being specific to constraints on Content-Type values.   For example, if the target resource is configured to always have a   Content-Type of "text/html" and the representation being PUT has a   Content-Type of "image/jpeg", the origin server ought to do one of:   a.  reconfigure the target resource to reflect the new media type;   b.  transform the PUT representation to a format consistent with that       of the resource before saving it as the new resource state; or,   c.  reject the request with a 415 (Unsupported Media Type) response       indicating that the target resource is limited to "text/html",       perhaps including a link to a different resource that would be a       suitable target for the new representation.   HTTP does not define exactly how a PUT method affects the state of an   origin server beyond what can be expressed by the intent of the user   agent request and the semantics of the origin server response.  It   does not define what a resource might be, in any sense of that word,   beyond the interface provided via HTTP.  It does not define how   resource state is "stored", nor how such storage might change as a   result of a change in resource state, nor how the origin server   translates resource state into representations.  Generally speaking,   all implementation details behind the resource interface are   intentionally hidden by the server.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 69]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   An origin server MUST NOT send a validator header field   (Section 10.2), such as an ETag or Last-Modified field, in a   successful response to PUT unless the request's representation data   was saved without any transformation applied to the body (i.e., the   resource's new representation data is identical to the representation   data received in the PUT request) and the validator field value   reflects the new representation.  This requirement allows a user   agent to know when the representation body it has in memory remains   current as a result of the PUT, thus not in need of being retrieved   again from the origin server, and that the new validator(s) received   in the response can be used for future conditional requests in order   to prevent accidental overwrites (Section 8.2).   The fundamental difference between the POST and PUT methods is   highlighted by the different intent for the enclosed representation.   The target resource in a POST request is intended to handle the   enclosed representation according to the resource's own semantics,   whereas the enclosed representation in a PUT request is defined as   replacing the state of the target resource.  Hence, the intent of PUT   is idempotent and visible to intermediaries, even though the exact   effect is only known by the origin server.   Proper interpretation of a PUT request presumes that the user agent   knows which target resource is desired.  A service that selects a   proper URI on behalf of the client, after receiving a state-changing   request, SHOULD be implemented using the POST method rather than PUT.   If the origin server will not make the requested PUT state change to   the target resource and instead wishes to have it applied to a   different resource, such as when the resource has been moved to a   different URI, then the origin server MUST send an appropriate 3xx   (Redirection) response; the user agent MAY then make its own decision   regarding whether or not to redirect the request.   A PUT request applied to the target resource can have side effects on   other resources.  For example, an article might have a URI for   identifying "the current version" (a resource) that is separate from   the URIs identifying each particular version (different resources   that at one point shared the same state as the current version   resource).  A successful PUT request on "the current version" URI   might therefore create a new version resource in addition to changing   the state of the target resource, and might also cause links to be   added between the related resources.   An origin server that allows PUT on a given target resource MUST send   a 400 (Bad Request) response to a PUT request that contains a   Content-Range header field (Section 6.3.3), since the payload is   likely to be partial content that has been mistakenly PUT as a full   representation.  Partial content updates are possible by targeting aFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 70]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   separately identified resource with state that overlaps a portion of   the larger resource, or by using a different method that has been   specifically defined for partial updates (for example, the PATCH   method defined in [RFC5789]).   Responses to the PUT method are not cacheable.  If a successful PUT   request passes through a cache that has one or more stored responses   for the effective request URI, those stored responses will be   invalidated (see Section 4.4 of [Caching]).7.3.5.  DELETE   The DELETE method requests that the origin server remove the   association between the target resource and its current   functionality.  In effect, this method is similar to the rm command   in UNIX: it expresses a deletion operation on the URI mapping of the   origin server rather than an expectation that the previously   associated information be deleted.   If the target resource has one or more current representations, they   might or might not be destroyed by the origin server, and the   associated storage might or might not be reclaimed, depending   entirely on the nature of the resource and its implementation by the   origin server (which are beyond the scope of this specification).   Likewise, other implementation aspects of a resource might need to be   deactivated or archived as a result of a DELETE, such as database or   gateway connections.  In general, it is assumed that the origin   server will only allow DELETE on resources for which it has a   prescribed mechanism for accomplishing the deletion.   Relatively few resources allow the DELETE method -- its primary use   is for remote authoring environments, where the user has some   direction regarding its effect.  For example, a resource that was   previously created using a PUT request, or identified via the   Location header field after a 201 (Created) response to a POST   request, might allow a corresponding DELETE request to undo those   actions.  Similarly, custom user agent implementations that implement   an authoring function, such as revision control clients using HTTP   for remote operations, might use DELETE based on an assumption that   the server's URI space has been crafted to correspond to a version   repository.   If a DELETE method is successfully applied, the origin server SHOULD   send   o  a 202 (Accepted) status code if the action will likely succeed but      has not yet been enacted,Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 71]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   o  a 204 (No Content) status code if the action has been enacted and      no further information is to be supplied, or   o  a 200 (OK) status code if the action has been enacted and the      response message includes a representation describing the status.   A payload within a DELETE request message has no defined semantics;   sending a payload body on a DELETE request might cause some existing   implementations to reject the request.   Responses to the DELETE method are not cacheable.  If a successful   DELETE request passes through a cache that has one or more stored   responses for the effective request URI, those stored responses will   be invalidated (see Section 4.4 of [Caching]).7.3.6.  CONNECT   The CONNECT method requests that the recipient establish a tunnel to   the destination origin server identified by the request-target and,   if successful, thereafter restrict its behavior to blind forwarding   of packets, in both directions, until the tunnel is closed.  Tunnels   are commonly used to create an end-to-end virtual connection, through   one or more proxies, which can then be secured using TLS (Transport   Layer Security, [RFC5246]).   CONNECT is intended only for use in requests to a proxy.  An origin   server that receives a CONNECT request for itself MAY respond with a   2xx (Successful) status code to indicate that a connection is   established.  However, most origin servers do not implement CONNECT.   A client sending a CONNECT request MUST send the authority form of   request-target (Section 3.2 of [Messaging]); i.e., the request-target   consists of only the host name and port number of the tunnel   destination, separated by a colon.  For example,     CONNECT server.example.com:80 HTTP/1.1     Host: server.example.com:80   The recipient proxy can establish a tunnel either by directly   connecting to the request-target or, if configured to use another   proxy, by forwarding the CONNECT request to the next inbound proxy.   Any 2xx (Successful) response indicates that the sender (and all   inbound proxies) will switch to tunnel mode immediately after the   blank line that concludes the successful response's header section;   data received after that blank line is from the server identified by   the request-target.  Any response other than a successful responseFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 72]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   indicates that the tunnel has not yet been formed and that the   connection remains governed by HTTP.   A tunnel is closed when a tunnel intermediary detects that either   side has closed its connection: the intermediary MUST attempt to send   any outstanding data that came from the closed side to the other   side, close both connections, and then discard any remaining data   left undelivered.   Proxy authentication might be used to establish the authority to   create a tunnel.  For example,     CONNECT server.example.com:80 HTTP/1.1     Host: server.example.com:80     Proxy-Authorization: basic aGVsbG86d29ybGQ=   There are significant risks in establishing a tunnel to arbitrary   servers, particularly when the destination is a well-known or   reserved TCP port that is not intended for Web traffic.  For example,   a CONNECT to a request-target of "example.com:25" would suggest that   the proxy connect to the reserved port for SMTP traffic; if allowed,   that could trick the proxy into relaying spam email.  Proxies that   support CONNECT SHOULD restrict its use to a limited set of known   ports or a configurable whitelist of safe request targets.   A server MUST NOT send any Transfer-Encoding or Content-Length header   fields in a 2xx (Successful) response to CONNECT.  A client MUST   ignore any Content-Length or Transfer-Encoding header fields received   in a successful response to CONNECT.   A payload within a CONNECT request message has no defined semantics;   sending a payload body on a CONNECT request might cause some existing   implementations to reject the request.   Responses to the CONNECT method are not cacheable.7.3.7.  OPTIONS   The OPTIONS method requests information about the communication   options available for the target resource, at either the origin   server or an intervening intermediary.  This method allows a client   to determine the options and/or requirements associated with a   resource, or the capabilities of a server, without implying a   resource action.   An OPTIONS request with an asterisk ("*") as the request-target   (Section 3.2 of [Messaging]) applies to the server in general ratherFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 73]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   than to a specific resource.  Since a server's communication options   typically depend on the resource, the "*" request is only useful as a   "ping" or "no-op" type of method; it does nothing beyond allowing the   client to test the capabilities of the server.  For example, this can   be used to test a proxy for HTTP/1.1 conformance (or lack thereof).   If the request-target is not an asterisk, the OPTIONS request applies   to the options that are available when communicating with the target   resource.   A server generating a successful response to OPTIONS SHOULD send any   header fields that might indicate optional features implemented by   the server and applicable to the target resource (e.g., Allow),   including potential extensions not defined by this specification.   The response payload, if any, might also describe the communication   options in a machine or human-readable representation.  A standard   format for such a representation is not defined by this   specification, but might be defined by future extensions to HTTP.  A   server MUST generate a Content-Length field with a value of "0" if no   payload body is to be sent in the response.   A client MAY send a Max-Forwards header field in an OPTIONS request   to target a specific recipient in the request chain (seeSection 8.1.2).  A proxy MUST NOT generate a Max-Forwards header   field while forwarding a request unless that request was received   with a Max-Forwards field.   A client that generates an OPTIONS request containing a payload body   MUST send a valid Content-Type header field describing the   representation media type.  Note that this specification does not   define any use for such a payload.   Responses to the OPTIONS method are not cacheable.7.3.8.  TRACE   The TRACE method requests a remote, application-level loop-back of   the request message.  The final recipient of the request SHOULD   reflect the message received, excluding some fields described below,   back to the client as the message body of a 200 (OK) response with a   Content-Type of "message/http" (Section 10.1 of [Messaging]).  The   final recipient is either the origin server or the first server to   receive a Max-Forwards value of zero (0) in the request   (Section 8.1.2).   A client MUST NOT generate header fields in a TRACE request   containing sensitive data that might be disclosed by the response.   For example, it would be foolish for a user agent to send stored userFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 74]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   credentialsSection 8.5 or cookies [RFC6265] in a TRACE request.  The   final recipient of the request SHOULD exclude any request header   fields that are likely to contain sensitive data when that recipient   generates the response body.   TRACE allows the client to see what is being received at the other   end of the request chain and use that data for testing or diagnostic   information.  The value of the Via header field (Section 5.5.1) is of   particular interest, since it acts as a trace of the request chain.   Use of the Max-Forwards header field allows the client to limit the   length of the request chain, which is useful for testing a chain of   proxies forwarding messages in an infinite loop.   A client MUST NOT send a message body in a TRACE request.   Responses to the TRACE method are not cacheable.7.4.  Method Extensibility   Additional methods, outside the scope of this specification, have   been specified for use in HTTP.  All such methods ought to be   registered within the "Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) Method   Registry".7.4.1.  Method Registry   The "Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) Method Registry", maintained   by IANA at <https://www.iana.org/assignments/http-methods>, registers   method names.   HTTP method registrations MUST include the following fields:   o  Method Name (seeSection 7)   o  Safe ("yes" or "no", seeSection 7.2.1)   o  Idempotent ("yes" or "no", seeSection 7.2.2)   o  Pointer to specification text   Values to be added to this namespace require IETF Review (see[RFC8126], Section 4.8).7.4.2.  Considerations for New Methods   Standardized methods are generic; that is, they are potentially   applicable to any resource, not just one particular media type, kind   of resource, or application.  As such, it is preferred that newFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 75]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   methods be registered in a document that isn't specific to a single   application or data format, since orthogonal technologies deserve   orthogonal specification.   Since message parsing (Section 6 of [Messaging]) needs to be   independent of method semantics (aside from responses to HEAD),   definitions of new methods cannot change the parsing algorithm or   prohibit the presence of a message body on either the request or the   response message.  Definitions of new methods can specify that only a   zero-length message body is allowed by requiring a Content-Length   header field with a value of "0".   A new method definition needs to indicate whether it is safe   (Section 7.2.1), idempotent (Section 7.2.2), cacheable   (Section 7.2.3), what semantics are to be associated with the payload   body if any is present in the request and what refinements the method   makes to header field or status code semantics.  If the new method is   cacheable, its definition ought to describe how, and under what   conditions, a cache can store a response and use it to satisfy a   subsequent request.  The new method ought to describe whether it can   be made conditional (Section 8.2) and, if so, how a server responds   when the condition is false.  Likewise, if the new method might have   some use for partial response semantics (Section 8.3), it ought to   document this, too.      Note: Avoid defining a method name that starts with "M-", since      that prefix might be misinterpreted as having the semantics      assigned to it by [RFC2774].8.  Request Header Fields   A client sends request header fields to provide more information   about the request context, make the request conditional based on the   target resource state, suggest preferred formats for the response,   supply authentication credentials, or modify the expected request   processing.  These fields act as request modifiers, similar to the   parameters on a programming language method invocation.8.1.  Controls   Controls are request header fields that direct specific handling of   the request.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 76]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   +-------------------+----------------------------+   | Header Field Name | Defined in...              |   +-------------------+----------------------------+   | Cache-Control     | Section 5.2 of [Caching]   |   | Expect            |Section 8.1.1              |   | Host              |Section 5.4                |   | Max-Forwards      |Section 8.1.2              |   | Pragma            | Section 5.4 of [Caching]   |   | TE                | Section 7.4 of [Messaging] |   +-------------------+----------------------------+8.1.1.  Expect   The "Expect" header field in a request indicates a certain set of   behaviors (expectations) that need to be supported by the server in   order to properly handle this request.  The only such expectation   defined by this specification is 100-continue.     Expect  = "100-continue"   The Expect field-value is case-insensitive.   A server that receives an Expect field-value other than 100-continue   MAY respond with a 417 (Expectation Failed) status code to indicate   that the unexpected expectation cannot be met.   A 100-continue expectation informs recipients that the client is   about to send a (presumably large) message body in this request and   wishes to receive a 100 (Continue) interim response if the request-   line and header fields are not sufficient to cause an immediate   success, redirect, or error response.  This allows the client to wait   for an indication that it is worthwhile to send the message body   before actually doing so, which can improve efficiency when the   message body is huge or when the client anticipates that an error is   likely (e.g., when sending a state-changing method, for the first   time, without previously verified authentication credentials).   For example, a request that begins with     PUT /somewhere/fun HTTP/1.1     Host: origin.example.com     Content-Type: video/h264     Content-Length: 1234567890987     Expect: 100-continue   allows the origin server to immediately respond with an error   message, such as 401 (Unauthorized) or 405 (Method Not Allowed),Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 77]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   before the client starts filling the pipes with an unnecessary data   transfer.   Requirements for clients:   o  A client MUST NOT generate a 100-continue expectation in a request      that does not include a message body.   o  A client that will wait for a 100 (Continue) response before      sending the request message body MUST send an Expect header field      containing a 100-continue expectation.   o  A client that sends a 100-continue expectation is not required to      wait for any specific length of time; such a client MAY proceed to      send the message body even if it has not yet received a response.      Furthermore, since 100 (Continue) responses cannot be sent through      an HTTP/1.0 intermediary, such a client SHOULD NOT wait for an      indefinite period before sending the message body.   o  A client that receives a 417 (Expectation Failed) status code in      response to a request containing a 100-continue expectation SHOULD      repeat that request without a 100-continue expectation, since the      417 response merely indicates that the response chain does not      support expectations (e.g., it passes through an HTTP/1.0 server).   Requirements for servers:   o  A server that receives a 100-continue expectation in an HTTP/1.0      request MUST ignore that expectation.   o  A server MAY omit sending a 100 (Continue) response if it has      already received some or all of the message body for the      corresponding request, or if the framing indicates that there is      no message body.   o  A server that sends a 100 (Continue) response MUST ultimately send      a final status code, once the message body is received and      processed, unless the connection is closed prematurely.   o  A server that responds with a final status code before reading the      entire request payload body SHOULD indicate whether it intends to      close the connection (see Section 9.7 of [Messaging]) or continue      reading the payload body.   An origin server MUST, upon receiving an HTTP/1.1 (or later) request-   line and a complete header section that contains a 100-continue   expectation and indicates a request message body will follow, either   send an immediate response with a final status code, if that statusFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 78]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   can be determined by examining just the request-line and header   fields, or send an immediate 100 (Continue) response to encourage the   client to send the request's message body.  The origin server MUST   NOT wait for the message body before sending the 100 (Continue)   response.   A proxy MUST, upon receiving an HTTP/1.1 (or later) request-line and   a complete header section that contains a 100-continue expectation   and indicates a request message body will follow, either send an   immediate response with a final status code, if that status can be   determined by examining just the request-line and header fields, or   begin forwarding the request toward the origin server by sending a   corresponding request-line and header section to the next inbound   server.  If the proxy believes (from configuration or past   interaction) that the next inbound server only supports HTTP/1.0, the   proxy MAY generate an immediate 100 (Continue) response to encourage   the client to begin sending the message body.      Note: The Expect header field was added after the original      publication of HTTP/1.1 [RFC2068] as both the means to request an      interim 100 (Continue) response and the general mechanism for      indicating must-understand extensions.  However, the extension      mechanism has not been used by clients and the must-understand      requirements have not been implemented by many servers, rendering      the extension mechanism useless.  This specification has removed      the extension mechanism in order to simplify the definition and      processing of 100-continue.8.1.2.  Max-Forwards   The "Max-Forwards" header field provides a mechanism with the TRACE   (Section 7.3.8) and OPTIONS (Section 7.3.7) request methods to limit   the number of times that the request is forwarded by proxies.  This   can be useful when the client is attempting to trace a request that   appears to be failing or looping mid-chain.     Max-Forwards = 1*DIGIT   The Max-Forwards value is a decimal integer indicating the remaining   number of times this request message can be forwarded.   Each intermediary that receives a TRACE or OPTIONS request containing   a Max-Forwards header field MUST check and update its value prior to   forwarding the request.  If the received value is zero (0), the   intermediary MUST NOT forward the request; instead, the intermediary   MUST respond as the final recipient.  If the received Max-Forwards   value is greater than zero, the intermediary MUST generate an updated   Max-Forwards field in the forwarded message with a field-value thatFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 79]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   is the lesser of a) the received value decremented by one (1) or b)   the recipient's maximum supported value for Max-Forwards.   A recipient MAY ignore a Max-Forwards header field received with any   other request methods.8.2.  Preconditions   A conditional request is an HTTP request with one or more request   header fields that indicate a precondition to be tested before   applying the request method to the target resource.Section 8.2.1   defines when preconditions are applied.Section 8.2.2 defines the   order of evaluation when more than one precondition is present.   Conditional GET requests are the most efficient mechanism for HTTP   cache updates [Caching].  Conditionals can also be applied to state-   changing methods, such as PUT and DELETE, to prevent the "lost   update" problem: one client accidentally overwriting the work of   another client that has been acting in parallel.   Conditional request preconditions are based on the state of the   target resource as a whole (its current value set) or the state as   observed in a previously obtained representation (one value in that   set).  A resource might have multiple current representations, each   with its own observable state.  The conditional request mechanisms   assume that the mapping of requests to a "selected representation"   (Section 6) will be consistent over time if the server intends to   take advantage of conditionals.  Regardless, if the mapping is   inconsistent and the server is unable to select the appropriate   representation, then no harm will result when the precondition   evaluates to false.   The following request header fields allow a client to place a   precondition on the state of the target resource, so that the action   corresponding to the method semantics will not be applied if the   precondition evaluates to false.  Each precondition defined by this   specification consists of a comparison between a set of validators   obtained from prior representations of the target resource to the   current state of validators for the selected representation   (Section 10.2).  Hence, these preconditions evaluate whether the   state of the target resource has changed since a given state known by   the client.  The effect of such an evaluation depends on the method   semantics and choice of conditional, as defined inSection 8.2.1.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 80]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   +---------------------+---------------+   | Header Field Name   | Defined in... |   +---------------------+---------------+   | If-Match            |Section 8.2.3 |   | If-None-Match       |Section 8.2.4 |   | If-Modified-Since   |Section 8.2.5 |   | If-Unmodified-Since |Section 8.2.6 |   | If-Range            |Section 8.2.7 |   +---------------------+---------------+8.2.1.  Evaluation   Except when excluded below, a recipient cache or origin server MUST   evaluate received request preconditions after it has successfully   performed its normal request checks and just before it would perform   the action associated with the request method.  A server MUST ignore   all received preconditions if its response to the same request   without those conditions would have been a status code other than a   2xx (Successful) or 412 (Precondition Failed).  In other words,   redirects and failures take precedence over the evaluation of   preconditions in conditional requests.   A server that is not the origin server for the target resource and   cannot act as a cache for requests on the target resource MUST NOT   evaluate the conditional request header fields defined by this   specification, and it MUST forward them if the request is forwarded,   since the generating client intends that they be evaluated by a   server that can provide a current representation.  Likewise, a server   MUST ignore the conditional request header fields defined by this   specification when received with a request method that does not   involve the selection or modification of a selected representation,   such as CONNECT, OPTIONS, or TRACE.   Note that protocol extensions can modify the conditions under which   revalidation is triggered.  For example, the "immutable" cache   directive (defined by [RFC8246]) instructs caches to forgo   revalidation of fresh responses even when requested by the client.   Conditional request header fields that are defined by extensions to   HTTP might place conditions on all recipients, on the state of the   target resource in general, or on a group of resources.  For   instance, the "If" header field in WebDAV can make a request   conditional on various aspects of multiple resources, such as locks,   if the recipient understands and implements that field ([RFC4918],   Section 10.4).   Although conditional request header fields are defined as being   usable with the HEAD method (to keep HEAD's semantics consistent withFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 81]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   those of GET), there is no point in sending a conditional HEAD   because a successful response is around the same size as a 304 (Not   Modified) response and more useful than a 412 (Precondition Failed)   response.8.2.2.  Precedence   When more than one conditional request header field is present in a   request, the order in which the fields are evaluated becomes   important.  In practice, the fields defined in this document are   consistently implemented in a single, logical order, since "lost   update" preconditions have more strict requirements than cache   validation, a validated cache is more efficient than a partial   response, and entity tags are presumed to be more accurate than date   validators.   A recipient cache or origin server MUST evaluate the request   preconditions defined by this specification in the following order:   1.  When recipient is the origin server and If-Match is present,       evaluate the If-Match precondition:       *  if true, continue to step 3       *  if false, respond 412 (Precondition Failed) unless it can be          determined that the state-changing request has already          succeeded (seeSection 8.2.3)   2.  When recipient is the origin server, If-Match is not present, and       If-Unmodified-Since is present, evaluate the If-Unmodified-Since       precondition:       *  if true, continue to step 3       *  if false, respond 412 (Precondition Failed) unless it can be          determined that the state-changing request has already          succeeded (seeSection 8.2.6)   3.  When If-None-Match is present, evaluate the If-None-Match       precondition:Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 82]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019       *  if true, continue to step 5       *  if false for GET/HEAD, respond 304 (Not Modified)       *  if false for other methods, respond 412 (Precondition Failed)   4.  When the method is GET or HEAD, If-None-Match is not present, and       If-Modified-Since is present, evaluate the If-Modified-Since       precondition:       *  if true, continue to step 5       *  if false, respond 304 (Not Modified)   5.  When the method is GET and both Range and If-Range are present,       evaluate the If-Range precondition:       *  if the validator matches and the Range specification is          applicable to the selected representation, respond 206          (Partial Content)   6.  Otherwise,       *  all conditions are met, so perform the requested action and          respond according to its success or failure.   Any extension to HTTP/1.1 that defines additional conditional request   header fields ought to define its own expectations regarding the   order for evaluating such fields in relation to those defined in this   document and other conditionals that might be found in practice.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 83]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20198.2.3.  If-Match   The "If-Match" header field makes the request method conditional on   the recipient origin server either having at least one current   representation of the target resource, when the field-value is "*",   or having a current representation of the target resource that has an   entity-tag matching a member of the list of entity-tags provided in   the field-value.   An origin server MUST use the strong comparison function when   comparing entity-tags for If-Match (Section 10.2.3.2), since the   client intends this precondition to prevent the method from being   applied if there have been any changes to the representation data.     If-Match = "*" / 1#entity-tag   Examples:     If-Match: "xyzzy"     If-Match: "xyzzy", "r2d2xxxx", "c3piozzzz"     If-Match: *   If-Match is most often used with state-changing methods (e.g., POST,   PUT, DELETE) to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user   agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource (i.e., to   prevent the "lost update" problem).  It can also be used with safe   methods to abort a request if the selected representation does not   match one already stored (or partially stored) from a prior request.   An origin server that receives an If-Match header field MUST evaluate   the condition prior to performing the method (Section 8.2.1).  If the   field-value is "*", the condition is false if the origin server does   not have a current representation for the target resource.  If the   field-value is a list of entity-tags, the condition is false if none   of the listed tags match the entity-tag of the selected   representation.   An origin server MUST NOT perform the requested method if a received   If-Match condition evaluates to false; instead, the origin server   MUST respond with either a) the 412 (Precondition Failed) status code   or b) one of the 2xx (Successful) status codes if the origin server   has verified that a state change is being requested and the final   state is already reflected in the current state of the target   resource (i.e., the change requested by the user agent has already   succeeded, but the user agent might not be aware of it, perhaps   because the prior response was lost or a compatible change was made   by some other user agent).  In the latter case, the origin server   MUST NOT send a validator header field in the response unless it canFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 84]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   verify that the request is a duplicate of an immediately prior change   made by the same user agent.   The If-Match header field can be ignored by caches and intermediaries   because it is not applicable to a stored response.8.2.4.  If-None-Match   The "If-None-Match" header field makes the request method conditional   on a recipient cache or origin server either not having any current   representation of the target resource, when the field-value is "*",   or having a selected representation with an entity-tag that does not   match any of those listed in the field-value.   A recipient MUST use the weak comparison function when comparing   entity-tags for If-None-Match (Section 10.2.3.2), since weak entity-   tags can be used for cache validation even if there have been changes   to the representation data.     If-None-Match = "*" / 1#entity-tag   Examples:     If-None-Match: "xyzzy"     If-None-Match: W/"xyzzy"     If-None-Match: "xyzzy", "r2d2xxxx", "c3piozzzz"     If-None-Match: W/"xyzzy", W/"r2d2xxxx", W/"c3piozzzz"     If-None-Match: *   If-None-Match is primarily used in conditional GET requests to enable   efficient updates of cached information with a minimum amount of   transaction overhead.  When a client desires to update one or more   stored responses that have entity-tags, the client SHOULD generate an   If-None-Match header field containing a list of those entity-tags   when making a GET request; this allows recipient servers to send a   304 (Not Modified) response to indicate when one of those stored   responses matches the selected representation.   If-None-Match can also be used with a value of "*" to prevent an   unsafe request method (e.g., PUT) from inadvertently modifying an   existing representation of the target resource when the client   believes that the resource does not have a current representation   (Section 7.2.1).  This is a variation on the "lost update" problem   that might arise if more than one client attempts to create an   initial representation for the target resource.   An origin server that receives an If-None-Match header field MUST   evaluate the condition prior to performing the methodFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 85]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   (Section 8.2.1).  If the field-value is "*", the condition is false   if the origin server has a current representation for the target   resource.  If the field-value is a list of entity-tags, the condition   is false if one of the listed tags match the entity-tag of the   selected representation.   An origin server MUST NOT perform the requested method if the   condition evaluates to false; instead, the origin server MUST respond   with either a) the 304 (Not Modified) status code if the request   method is GET or HEAD or b) the 412 (Precondition Failed) status code   for all other request methods.   Requirements on cache handling of a received If-None-Match header   field are defined in Section 4.3.2 of [Caching].8.2.5.  If-Modified-Since   The "If-Modified-Since" header field makes a GET or HEAD request   method conditional on the selected representation's modification date   being more recent than the date provided in the field-value.   Transfer of the selected representation's data is avoided if that   data has not changed.     If-Modified-Since = HTTP-date   An example of the field is:     If-Modified-Since: Sat, 29 Oct 1994 19:43:31 GMT   A recipient MUST ignore If-Modified-Since if the request contains an   If-None-Match header field; the condition in If-None-Match is   considered to be a more accurate replacement for the condition in If-   Modified-Since, and the two are only combined for the sake of   interoperating with older intermediaries that might not implement If-   None-Match.   A recipient MUST ignore the If-Modified-Since header field if the   received field-value is not a valid HTTP-date, or if the request   method is neither GET nor HEAD.   A recipient MUST interpret an If-Modified-Since field-value's   timestamp in terms of the origin server's clock.   If-Modified-Since is typically used for two distinct purposes: 1) to   allow efficient updates of a cached representation that does not have   an entity-tag and 2) to limit the scope of a web traversal to   resources that have recently changed.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 86]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   When used for cache updates, a cache will typically use the value of   the cached message's Last-Modified field to generate the field value   of If-Modified-Since.  This behavior is most interoperable for cases   where clocks are poorly synchronized or when the server has chosen to   only honor exact timestamp matches (due to a problem with Last-   Modified dates that appear to go "back in time" when the origin   server's clock is corrected or a representation is restored from an   archived backup).  However, caches occasionally generate the field   value based on other data, such as the Date header field of the   cached message or the local clock time that the message was received,   particularly when the cached message does not contain a Last-Modified   field.   When used for limiting the scope of retrieval to a recent time   window, a user agent will generate an If-Modified-Since field value   based on either its own local clock or a Date header field received   from the server in a prior response.  Origin servers that choose an   exact timestamp match based on the selected representation's Last-   Modified field will not be able to help the user agent limit its data   transfers to only those changed during the specified window.   An origin server that receives an If-Modified-Since header field   SHOULD evaluate the condition prior to performing the method   (Section 8.2.1).  The origin server SHOULD NOT perform the requested   method if the selected representation's last modification date is   earlier than or equal to the date provided in the field-value;   instead, the origin server SHOULD generate a 304 (Not Modified)   response, including only those metadata that are useful for   identifying or updating a previously cached response.   Requirements on cache handling of a received If-Modified-Since header   field are defined in Section 4.3.2 of [Caching].8.2.6.  If-Unmodified-Since   The "If-Unmodified-Since" header field makes the request method   conditional on the selected representation's last modification date   being earlier than or equal to the date provided in the field-value.   This field accomplishes the same purpose as If-Match for cases where   the user agent does not have an entity-tag for the representation.     If-Unmodified-Since = HTTP-date   An example of the field is:     If-Unmodified-Since: Sat, 29 Oct 1994 19:43:31 GMTFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 87]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   A recipient MUST ignore If-Unmodified-Since if the request contains   an If-Match header field; the condition in If-Match is considered to   be a more accurate replacement for the condition in If-Unmodified-   Since, and the two are only combined for the sake of interoperating   with older intermediaries that might not implement If-Match.   A recipient MUST ignore the If-Unmodified-Since header field if the   received field-value is not a valid HTTP-date.   A recipient MUST interpret an If-Unmodified-Since field-value's   timestamp in terms of the origin server's clock.   If-Unmodified-Since is most often used with state-changing methods   (e.g., POST, PUT, DELETE) to prevent accidental overwrites when   multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on a resource that   does not supply entity-tags with its representations (i.e., to   prevent the "lost update" problem).  It can also be used with safe   methods to abort a request if the selected representation does not   match one already stored (or partially stored) from a prior request.   An origin server that receives an If-Unmodified-Since header field   MUST evaluate the condition prior to performing the method   (Section 8.2.1).  The origin server MUST NOT perform the requested   method if the selected representation's last modification date is   more recent than the date provided in the field-value; instead the   origin server MUST respond with either a) the 412 (Precondition   Failed) status code or b) one of the 2xx (Successful) status codes if   the origin server has verified that a state change is being requested   and the final state is already reflected in the current state of the   target resource (i.e., the change requested by the user agent has   already succeeded, but the user agent might not be aware of that   because the prior response message was lost or a compatible change   was made by some other user agent).  In the latter case, the origin   server MUST NOT send a validator header field in the response unless   it can verify that the request is a duplicate of an immediately prior   change made by the same user agent.   The If-Unmodified-Since header field can be ignored by caches and   intermediaries because it is not applicable to a stored response.8.2.7.  If-Range   The "If-Range" header field provides a special conditional request   mechanism that is similar to the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since   header fields but that instructs the recipient to ignore the Range   header field if the validator doesn't match, resulting in transfer of   the new selected representation instead of a 412 (Precondition   Failed) response.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 88]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   If a client has a partial copy of a representation and wishes to have   an up-to-date copy of the entire representation, it could use the   Range header field with a conditional GET (using either or both of   If-Unmodified-Since and If-Match.)  However, if the precondition   fails because the representation has been modified, the client would   then have to make a second request to obtain the entire current   representation.   The "If-Range" header field allows a client to "short-circuit" the   second request.  Informally, its meaning is as follows: if the   representation is unchanged, send me the part(s) that I am requesting   in Range; otherwise, send me the entire representation.     If-Range = entity-tag / HTTP-date   A client MUST NOT generate an If-Range header field in a request that   does not contain a Range header field.  A server MUST ignore an If-   Range header field received in a request that does not contain a   Range header field.  An origin server MUST ignore an If-Range header   field received in a request for a target resource that does not   support Range requests.   A client MUST NOT generate an If-Range header field containing an   entity-tag that is marked as weak.  A client MUST NOT generate an If-   Range header field containing an HTTP-date unless the client has no   entity-tag for the corresponding representation and the date is a   strong validator in the sense defined bySection 10.2.2.2.   A server that evaluates an If-Range precondition MUST use the strong   comparison function when comparing entity-tags (Section 10.2.3.2) and   MUST evaluate the condition as false if an HTTP-date validator is   provided that is not a strong validator in the sense defined bySection 10.2.2.2.  A valid entity-tag can be distinguished from a   valid HTTP-date by examining the first two characters for a DQUOTE.   If the validator given in the If-Range header field matches the   current validator for the selected representation of the target   resource, then the server SHOULD process the Range header field as   requested.  If the validator does not match, the server MUST ignore   the Range header field.  Note that this comparison by exact match,   including when the validator is an HTTP-date, differs from the   "earlier than or equal to" comparison used when evaluating an If-   Unmodified-Since conditional.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 89]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20198.3.  Range   The "Range" header field on a GET request modifies the method   semantics to request transfer of only one or more subranges of the   selected representation data, rather than the entire selected   representation data.     Range = byte-ranges-specifier / other-ranges-specifier     other-ranges-specifier = other-range-unit "=" other-range-set     other-range-set = 1*VCHAR   Clients often encounter interrupted data transfers as a result of   canceled requests or dropped connections.  When a client has stored a   partial representation, it is desirable to request the remainder of   that representation in a subsequent request rather than transfer the   entire representation.  Likewise, devices with limited local storage   might benefit from being able to request only a subset of a larger   representation, such as a single page of a very large document, or   the dimensions of an embedded image.   Range requests are an OPTIONAL feature of HTTP, designed so that   recipients not implementing this feature (or not supporting it for   the target resource) can respond as if it is a normal GET request   without impacting interoperability.  Partial responses are indicated   by a distinct status code to not be mistaken for full responses by   caches that might not implement the feature.   A server MAY ignore the Range header field.  However, origin servers   and intermediate caches ought to support byte ranges when possible,   since Range supports efficient recovery from partially failed   transfers and partial retrieval of large representations.  A server   MUST ignore a Range header field received with a request method other   than GET.   Although the range request mechanism is designed to allow for   extensible range types, this specification only defines requests for   byte ranges.   An origin server MUST ignore a Range header field that contains a   range unit it does not understand.  A proxy MAY discard a Range   header field that contains a range unit it does not understand.   A server that supports range requests MAY ignore or reject a Range   header field that consists of more than two overlapping ranges, or a   set of many small ranges that are not listed in ascending order,   since both are indications of either a broken client or a deliberate   denial-of-service attack (Section 12.13).  A client SHOULD NOTFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 90]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   request multiple ranges that are inherently less efficient to process   and transfer than a single range that encompasses the same data.   A client that is requesting multiple ranges SHOULD list those ranges   in ascending order (the order in which they would typically be   received in a complete representation) unless there is a specific   need to request a later part earlier.  For example, a user agent   processing a large representation with an internal catalog of parts   might need to request later parts first, particularly if the   representation consists of pages stored in reverse order and the user   agent wishes to transfer one page at a time.   The Range header field is evaluated after evaluating the precondition   header fields defined inSection 8.2, and only if the result in   absence of the Range header field would be a 200 (OK) response.  In   other words, Range is ignored when a conditional GET would result in   a 304 (Not Modified) response.   The If-Range header field (Section 8.2.7) can be used as a   precondition to applying the Range header field.   If all of the preconditions are true, the server supports the Range   header field for the target resource, and the specified range(s) are   valid and satisfiable (as defined inSection 6.1.4.1), the server   SHOULD send a 206 (Partial Content) response with a payload   containing one or more partial representations that correspond to the   satisfiable ranges requested.   If all of the preconditions are true, the server supports the Range   header field for the target resource, and the specified range(s) are   invalid or unsatisfiable, the server SHOULD send a 416 (Range Not   Satisfiable) response.8.4.  Content Negotiation   The following request header fields are sent by a user agent to   engage in proactive negotiation of the response content, as defined   inSection 6.4.1.  The preferences sent in these fields apply to any   content in the response, including representations of the target   resource, representations of error or processing status, and   potentially even the miscellaneous text strings that might appear   within the protocol.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 91]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   +-------------------+---------------+   | Header Field Name | Defined in... |   +-------------------+---------------+   | Accept            |Section 8.4.2 |   | Accept-Charset    |Section 8.4.3 |   | Accept-Encoding   |Section 8.4.4 |   | Accept-Language   |Section 8.4.5 |   +-------------------+---------------+   For each of these header fields, a request that does not contain it   implies that the user agent has no preference on that axis of   negotiation.  If the header field is present in a request and none of   the available representations for the response can be considered   acceptable according to it, the origin server can either honor the   header field by sending a 406 (Not Acceptable) response or disregard   the header field by treating the response as if it is not subject to   content negotiation for that request header field.  This does not   imply, however, that the client will be able to use the   representation.   Note: Sending these header fields makes it easier for a server to   identify an individual by virtue of the user agent's request   characteristics (Section 12.11).   Each of these header fields defines a wildcard value (often, "*") to   select unspecified values.  If no wildcard is present, all values not   explicitly mentioned in the field are considered "not acceptable" to   the client.   Note: In practice, using wildcards in content negotiation has limited   practical value, because it is seldom useful to say, for example, "I   prefer image/* more or less than (some other specific value)".   Clients can explicitly request a 406 (Not Acceptable) response if a   more preferred format is not available by sending Accept: */*;q=0,   but they still need to be able to handle a different response, since   the server is allowed to ignore their preference.8.4.1.  Quality Values   Many of the request header fields for proactive negotiation use a   common parameter, named "q" (case-insensitive), to assign a relative   "weight" to the preference for that associated kind of content.  This   weight is referred to as a "quality value" (or "qvalue") because the   same parameter name is often used within server configurations to   assign a weight to the relative quality of the various   representations that can be selected for a resource.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 92]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   The weight is normalized to a real number in the range 0 through 1,   where 0.001 is the least preferred and 1 is the most preferred; a   value of 0 means "not acceptable".  If no "q" parameter is present,   the default weight is 1.     weight = OWS ";" OWS "q=" qvalue     qvalue = ( "0" [ "." 0*3DIGIT ] )            / ( "1" [ "." 0*3("0") ] )   A sender of qvalue MUST NOT generate more than three digits after the   decimal point.  User configuration of these values ought to be   limited in the same fashion.8.4.2.  Accept   The "Accept" header field can be used by user agents to specify their   preferences regarding response media types.  For example, Accept   header fields can be used to indicate that the request is   specifically limited to a small set of desired types, as in the case   of a request for an in-line image.     Accept = #( media-range [ accept-params ] )     media-range    = ( "*/*"                      / ( type "/" "*" )                      / ( type "/" subtype )                      ) *( OWS ";" OWS parameter )     accept-params  = weight *( accept-ext )     accept-ext = OWS ";" OWS token [ "=" ( token / quoted-string ) ]   The asterisk "*" character is used to group media types into ranges,   with "*/*" indicating all media types and "type/*" indicating all   subtypes of that type.  The media-range can include media type   parameters that are applicable to that range.   Each media-range might be followed by zero or more applicable media   type parameters (e.g., charset), an optional "q" parameter for   indicating a relative weight (Section 8.4.1), and then zero or more   extension parameters.  The "q" parameter is necessary if any   extensions (accept-ext) are present, since it acts as a separator   between the two parameter sets.      Note: Use of the "q" parameter name to separate media type      parameters from Accept extension parameters is due to historical      practice.  Although this prevents any media type parameter named      "q" from being used with a media range, such an event is believed      to be unlikely given the lack of any "q" parameters in the IANA      media type registry and the rare usage of any media typeFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 93]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019      parameters in Accept.  Future media types are discouraged from      registering any parameter named "q".   The example     Accept: audio/*; q=0.2, audio/basic   is interpreted as "I prefer audio/basic, but send me any audio type   if it is the best available after an 80% markdown in quality".   A more elaborate example is     Accept: text/plain; q=0.5, text/html,             text/x-dvi; q=0.8, text/x-c   Verbally, this would be interpreted as "text/html and text/x-c are   the equally preferred media types, but if they do not exist, then   send the text/x-dvi representation, and if that does not exist, send   the text/plain representation".   Media ranges can be overridden by more specific media ranges or   specific media types.  If more than one media range applies to a   given type, the most specific reference has precedence.  For example,     Accept: text/*, text/plain, text/plain;format=flowed, */*   have the following precedence:   1.  text/plain;format=flowed   2.  text/plain   3.  text/*   4.  */*   The media type quality factor associated with a given type is   determined by finding the media range with the highest precedence   that matches the type.  For example,     Accept: text/*;q=0.3, text/html;q=0.7, text/html;level=1,             text/html;level=2;q=0.4, */*;q=0.5   would cause the following values to be associated:Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 94]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   +-------------------+---------------+   | Media Type        | Quality Value |   +-------------------+---------------+   | text/html;level=1 | 1             |   | text/html         | 0.7           |   | text/plain        | 0.3           |   | image/jpeg        | 0.5           |   | text/html;level=2 | 0.4           |   | text/html;level=3 | 0.7           |   +-------------------+---------------+   Note: A user agent might be provided with a default set of quality   values for certain media ranges.  However, unless the user agent is a   closed system that cannot interact with other rendering agents, this   default set ought to be configurable by the user.8.4.3.  Accept-Charset   The "Accept-Charset" header field can be sent by a user agent to   indicate its preferences for charsets in textual response content.   For example, this field allows user agents capable of understanding   more comprehensive or special-purpose charsets to signal that   capability to an origin server that is capable of representing   information in those charsets.     Accept-Charset = 1#( ( charset / "*" ) [ weight ] )   Charset names are defined inSection 6.1.1.1.  A user agent MAY   associate a quality value with each charset to indicate the user's   relative preference for that charset, as defined inSection 8.4.1.   An example is     Accept-Charset: iso-8859-5, unicode-1-1;q=0.8   The special value "*", if present in the Accept-Charset field,   matches every charset that is not mentioned elsewhere in the Accept-   Charset field.   Note: Accept-Charset is deprecated because UTF-8 has become nearly   ubiquitous and sending a detailed list of user-preferred charsets   wastes bandwidth, increases latency, and makes passive fingerprinting   far too easy (Section 12.11).  Most general-purpose user agents do   not send Accept-Charset, unless specifically configured to do so.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 95]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20198.4.4.  Accept-Encoding   The "Accept-Encoding" header field can be used by user agents to   indicate their preferences regarding response content-codings   (Section 6.1.2).  An "identity" token is used as a synonym for "no   encoding" in order to communicate when no encoding is preferred.     Accept-Encoding  = #( codings [ weight ] )     codings          = content-coding / "identity" / "*"   Each codings value MAY be given an associated quality value   representing the preference for that encoding, as defined inSection 8.4.1.  The asterisk "*" symbol in an Accept-Encoding field   matches any available content-coding not explicitly listed in the   header field.   For example,     Accept-Encoding: compress, gzip     Accept-Encoding:     Accept-Encoding: *     Accept-Encoding: compress;q=0.5, gzip;q=1.0     Accept-Encoding: gzip;q=1.0, identity; q=0.5, *;q=0   A server tests whether a content-coding for a given representation is   acceptable using these rules:   1.  If no Accept-Encoding field is in the request, any content-coding       is considered acceptable by the user agent.   2.  If the representation has no content-coding, then it is       acceptable by default unless specifically excluded by the Accept-       Encoding field stating either "identity;q=0" or "*;q=0" without a       more specific entry for "identity".   3.  If the representation's content-coding is one of the content-       codings listed in the Accept-Encoding field, then it is       acceptable unless it is accompanied by a qvalue of 0.  (As       defined inSection 8.4.1, a qvalue of 0 means "not acceptable".)   4.  If multiple content-codings are acceptable, then the acceptable       content-coding with the highest non-zero qvalue is preferred.   An Accept-Encoding header field with a combined field-value that is   empty implies that the user agent does not want any content-coding in   response.  If an Accept-Encoding header field is present in a request   and none of the available representations for the response have aFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 96]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   content-coding that is listed as acceptable, the origin server SHOULD   send a response without any content-coding.      Note: Most HTTP/1.0 applications do not recognize or obey qvalues      associated with content-codings.  This means that qvalues might      not work and are not permitted with x-gzip or x-compress.8.4.5.  Accept-Language   The "Accept-Language" header field can be used by user agents to   indicate the set of natural languages that are preferred in the   response.  Language tags are defined inSection 6.1.3.     Accept-Language = 1#( language-range [ weight ] )     language-range  =               <language-range, see[RFC4647], Section 2.1>   Each language-range can be given an associated quality value   representing an estimate of the user's preference for the languages   specified by that range, as defined inSection 8.4.1.  For example,     Accept-Language: da, en-gb;q=0.8, en;q=0.7   would mean: "I prefer Danish, but will accept British English and   other types of English".   Note that some recipients treat the order in which language tags are   listed as an indication of descending priority, particularly for tags   that are assigned equal quality values (no value is the same as q=1).   However, this behavior cannot be relied upon.  For consistency and to   maximize interoperability, many user agents assign each language tag   a unique quality value while also listing them in order of decreasing   quality.  Additional discussion of language priority lists can be   found inSection 2.3 of [RFC4647].   For matching,Section 3 of [RFC4647] defines several matching   schemes.  Implementations can offer the most appropriate matching   scheme for their requirements.  The "Basic Filtering" scheme   ([RFC4647], Section 3.3.1) is identical to the matching scheme that   was previously defined for HTTP inSection 14.4 of [RFC2616].   It might be contrary to the privacy expectations of the user to send   an Accept-Language header field with the complete linguistic   preferences of the user in every request (Section 12.11).   Since intelligibility is highly dependent on the individual user,   user agents need to allow user control over the linguistic preference   (either through configuration of the user agent itself or byFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 97]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   defaulting to a user controllable system setting).  A user agent that   does not provide such control to the user MUST NOT send an Accept-   Language header field.      Note: User agents ought to provide guidance to users when setting      a preference, since users are rarely familiar with the details of      language matching as described above.  For example, users might      assume that on selecting "en-gb", they will be served any kind of      English document if British English is not available.  A user      agent might suggest, in such a case, to add "en" to the list for      better matching behavior.8.5.  Authentication Credentials   HTTP provides a general framework for access control and   authentication, via an extensible set of challenge-response   authentication schemes, which can be used by a server to challenge a   client request and by a client to provide authentication information.   Two header fields are used for carrying authentication credentials.   Note that various custom mechanisms for user authentication use the   Cookie header field for this purpose, as defined in [RFC6265].   +---------------------+---------------+   | Header Field Name   | Defined in... |   +---------------------+---------------+   | Authorization       |Section 8.5.3 |   | Proxy-Authorization |Section 8.5.4 |   +---------------------+---------------+8.5.1.  Challenge and Response   HTTP provides a simple challenge-response authentication framework   that can be used by a server to challenge a client request and by a   client to provide authentication information.  It uses a case-   insensitive token as a means to identify the authentication scheme,   followed by additional information necessary for achieving   authentication via that scheme.  The latter can be either a comma-   separated list of parameters or a single sequence of characters   capable of holding base64-encoded information.   Authentication parameters are name=value pairs, where the name token   is matched case-insensitively, and each parameter name MUST only   occur once per challenge.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 98]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019     auth-scheme    = token     auth-param     = token BWS "=" BWS ( token / quoted-string )     token68        = 1*( ALPHA / DIGIT /                          "-" / "." / "_" / "~" / "+" / "/" ) *"="   The token68 syntax allows the 66 unreserved URI characters   ([RFC3986]), plus a few others, so that it can hold a base64,   base64url (URL and filename safe alphabet), base32, or base16 (hex)   encoding, with or without padding, but excluding whitespace   ([RFC4648]).   A 401 (Unauthorized) response message is used by an origin server to   challenge the authorization of a user agent, including a WWW-   Authenticate header field containing at least one challenge   applicable to the requested resource.   A 407 (Proxy Authentication Required) response message is used by a   proxy to challenge the authorization of a client, including a Proxy-   Authenticate header field containing at least one challenge   applicable to the proxy for the requested resource.     challenge   = auth-scheme [ 1*SP ( token68 / #auth-param ) ]      Note: Many clients fail to parse a challenge that contains an      unknown scheme.  A workaround for this problem is to list well-      supported schemes (such as "basic") first.   A user agent that wishes to authenticate itself with an origin server   -- usually, but not necessarily, after receiving a 401 (Unauthorized)   -- can do so by including an Authorization header field with the   request.   A client that wishes to authenticate itself with a proxy -- usually,   but not necessarily, after receiving a 407 (Proxy Authentication   Required) -- can do so by including a Proxy-Authorization header   field with the request.   Both the Authorization field value and the Proxy-Authorization field   value contain the client's credentials for the realm of the resource   being requested, based upon a challenge received in a response   (possibly at some point in the past).  When creating their values,   the user agent ought to do so by selecting the challenge with what it   considers to be the most secure auth-scheme that it understands,   obtaining credentials from the user as appropriate.  Transmission of   credentials within header field values implies significant securityFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020               [Page 99]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   considerations regarding the confidentiality of the underlying   connection, as described inSection 12.14.1.     credentials = auth-scheme [ 1*SP ( token68 / #auth-param ) ]   Upon receipt of a request for a protected resource that omits   credentials, contains invalid credentials (e.g., a bad password) or   partial credentials (e.g., when the authentication scheme requires   more than one round trip), an origin server SHOULD send a 401   (Unauthorized) response that contains a WWW-Authenticate header field   with at least one (possibly new) challenge applicable to the   requested resource.   Likewise, upon receipt of a request that omits proxy credentials or   contains invalid or partial proxy credentials, a proxy that requires   authentication SHOULD generate a 407 (Proxy Authentication Required)   response that contains a Proxy-Authenticate header field with at   least one (possibly new) challenge applicable to the proxy.   A server that receives valid credentials that are not adequate to   gain access ought to respond with the 403 (Forbidden) status code   (Section 9.5.4).   HTTP does not restrict applications to this simple challenge-response   framework for access authentication.  Additional mechanisms can be   used, such as authentication at the transport level or via message   encapsulation, and with additional header fields specifying   authentication information.  However, such additional mechanisms are   not defined by this specification.8.5.2.  Protection Space (Realm)   The "realm" authentication parameter is reserved for use by   authentication schemes that wish to indicate a scope of protection.   A protection space is defined by the canonical root URI (the scheme   and authority components of the effective request URI; seeSection 5.3) of the server being accessed, in combination with the   realm value if present.  These realms allow the protected resources   on a server to be partitioned into a set of protection spaces, each   with its own authentication scheme and/or authorization database.   The realm value is a string, generally assigned by the origin server,   that can have additional semantics specific to the authentication   scheme.  Note that a response can have multiple challenges with the   same auth-scheme but with different realms.   The protection space determines the domain over which credentials can   be automatically applied.  If a prior request has been authorized,Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 100]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   the user agent MAY reuse the same credentials for all other requests   within that protection space for a period of time determined by the   authentication scheme, parameters, and/or user preferences (such as a   configurable inactivity timeout).  Unless specifically allowed by the   authentication scheme, a single protection space cannot extend   outside the scope of its server.   For historical reasons, a sender MUST only generate the quoted-string   syntax.  Recipients might have to support both token and quoted-   string syntax for maximum interoperability with existing clients that   have been accepting both notations for a long time.8.5.3.  Authorization   The "Authorization" header field allows a user agent to authenticate   itself with an origin server -- usually, but not necessarily, after   receiving a 401 (Unauthorized) response.  Its value consists of   credentials containing the authentication information of the user   agent for the realm of the resource being requested.     Authorization = credentials   If a request is authenticated and a realm specified, the same   credentials are presumed to be valid for all other requests within   this realm (assuming that the authentication scheme itself does not   require otherwise, such as credentials that vary according to a   challenge value or using synchronized clocks).   A proxy forwarding a request MUST NOT modify any Authorization fields   in that request.  See Section 3.2 of [Caching] for details of and   requirements pertaining to handling of the Authorization field by   HTTP caches.8.5.4.  Proxy-Authorization   The "Proxy-Authorization" header field allows the client to identify   itself (or its user) to a proxy that requires authentication.  Its   value consists of credentials containing the authentication   information of the client for the proxy and/or realm of the resource   being requested.     Proxy-Authorization = credentials   Unlike Authorization, the Proxy-Authorization header field applies   only to the next inbound proxy that demanded authentication using the   Proxy-Authenticate field.  When multiple proxies are used in a chain,   the Proxy-Authorization header field is consumed by the first inbound   proxy that was expecting to receive credentials.  A proxy MAY relayFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 101]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   the credentials from the client request to the next proxy if that is   the mechanism by which the proxies cooperatively authenticate a given   request.8.5.5.  Authentication Scheme Extensibility   Aside from the general framework, this document does not specify any   authentication schemes.  New and existing authentication schemes are   specified independently and ought to be registered within the   "Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) Authentication Scheme Registry".   For example, the "basic" and "digest" authentication schemes are   defined byRFC 7617 andRFC 7616, respectively.8.5.5.1.  Authentication Scheme Registry   The "Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) Authentication Scheme   Registry" defines the namespace for the authentication schemes in   challenges and credentials.  It is maintained at   <https://www.iana.org/assignments/http-authschemes>.   Registrations MUST include the following fields:   o  Authentication Scheme Name   o  Pointer to specification text   o  Notes (optional)   Values to be added to this namespace require IETF Review (see[RFC8126], Section 4.8).8.5.5.2.  Considerations for New Authentication Schemes   There are certain aspects of the HTTP Authentication framework that   put constraints on how new authentication schemes can work:   o  HTTP authentication is presumed to be stateless: all of the      information necessary to authenticate a request MUST be provided      in the request, rather than be dependent on the server remembering      prior requests.  Authentication based on, or bound to, the      underlying connection is outside the scope of this specification      and inherently flawed unless steps are taken to ensure that the      connection cannot be used by any party other than the      authenticated user (seeSection 2.2).Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 102]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   o  The authentication parameter "realm" is reserved for defining      protection spaces as described inSection 8.5.2.  New schemes MUST      NOT use it in a way incompatible with that definition.   o  The "token68" notation was introduced for compatibility with      existing authentication schemes and can only be used once per      challenge or credential.  Thus, new schemes ought to use the auth-      param syntax instead, because otherwise future extensions will be      impossible.   o  The parsing of challenges and credentials is defined by this      specification and cannot be modified by new authentication      schemes.  When the auth-param syntax is used, all parameters ought      to support both token and quoted-string syntax, and syntactical      constraints ought to be defined on the field value after parsing      (i.e., quoted-string processing).  This is necessary so that      recipients can use a generic parser that applies to all      authentication schemes.      Note: The fact that the value syntax for the "realm" parameter is      restricted to quoted-string was a bad design choice not to be      repeated for new parameters.   o  Definitions of new schemes ought to define the treatment of      unknown extension parameters.  In general, a "must-ignore" rule is      preferable to a "must-understand" rule, because otherwise it will      be hard to introduce new parameters in the presence of legacy      recipients.  Furthermore, it's good to describe the policy for      defining new parameters (such as "update the specification" or      "use this registry").   o  Authentication schemes need to document whether they are usable in      origin-server authentication (i.e., using WWW-Authenticate), and/      or proxy authentication (i.e., using Proxy-Authenticate).   o  The credentials carried in an Authorization header field are      specific to the user agent and, therefore, have the same effect on      HTTP caches as the "private" Cache-Control response directiveFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 103]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019      (Section 5.2.2.6 of [Caching]), within the scope of the request in      which they appear.      Therefore, new authentication schemes that choose not to carry      credentials in the Authorization header field (e.g., using a newly      defined header field) will need to explicitly disallow caching, by      mandating the use of Cache-Control response directives (e.g.,      "private").   o  Schemes using Authentication-Info, Proxy-Authentication-Info, or      any other authentication related response header field need to      consider and document the related security considerations (seeSection 12.14.4).8.6.  Request Context   The following request header fields provide additional information   about the request context, including information about the user, user   agent, and resource behind the request.   +-------------------+---------------+   | Header Field Name | Defined in... |   +-------------------+---------------+   | From              |Section 8.6.1 |   | Referer           |Section 8.6.2 |   | User-Agent        |Section 8.6.3 |   +-------------------+---------------+8.6.1.  From   The "From" header field contains an Internet email address for a   human user who controls the requesting user agent.  The address ought   to be machine-usable, as defined by "mailbox" inSection 3.4 of   [RFC5322]:     From    = mailbox     mailbox = <mailbox, see[RFC5322], Section 3.4>   An example is:     From: webmaster@example.orgFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 104]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   The From header field is rarely sent by non-robotic user agents.  A   user agent SHOULD NOT send a From header field without explicit   configuration by the user, since that might conflict with the user's   privacy interests or their site's security policy.   A robotic user agent SHOULD send a valid From header field so that   the person responsible for running the robot can be contacted if   problems occur on servers, such as if the robot is sending excessive,   unwanted, or invalid requests.   A server SHOULD NOT use the From header field for access control or   authentication, since most recipients will assume that the field   value is public information.8.6.2.  Referer   The "Referer" [sic] header field allows the user agent to specify a   URI reference for the resource from which the target URI was obtained   (i.e., the "referrer", though the field name is misspelled).  A user   agent MUST NOT include the fragment and userinfo components of the   URI reference [RFC3986], if any, when generating the Referer field   value.     Referer = absolute-URI / partial-URI   The Referer header field allows servers to generate back-links to   other resources for simple analytics, logging, optimized caching,   etc.  It also allows obsolete or mistyped links to be found for   maintenance.  Some servers use the Referer header field as a means of   denying links from other sites (so-called "deep linking") or   restricting cross-site request forgery (CSRF), but not all requests   contain it.   Example:     Referer: http://www.example.org/hypertext/Overview.html   If the target URI was obtained from a source that does not have its   own URI (e.g., input from the user keyboard, or an entry within the   user's bookmarks/favorites), the user agent MUST either exclude the   Referer field or send it with a value of "about:blank".   The Referer field has the potential to reveal information about the   request context or browsing history of the user, which is a privacy   concern if the referring resource's identifier reveals personal   information (such as an account name) or a resource that is supposed   to be confidential (such as behind a firewall or internal to a   secured service).  Most general-purpose user agents do not send theFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 105]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   Referer header field when the referring resource is a local "file" or   "data" URI.  A user agent MUST NOT send a Referer header field in an   unsecured HTTP request if the referring page was received with a   secure protocol.  SeeSection 12.8 for additional security   considerations.   Some intermediaries have been known to indiscriminately remove   Referer header fields from outgoing requests.  This has the   unfortunate side effect of interfering with protection against CSRF   attacks, which can be far more harmful to their users.   Intermediaries and user agent extensions that wish to limit   information disclosure in Referer ought to restrict their changes to   specific edits, such as replacing internal domain names with   pseudonyms or truncating the query and/or path components.  An   intermediary SHOULD NOT modify or delete the Referer header field   when the field value shares the same scheme and host as the request   target.8.6.3.  User-Agent   The "User-Agent" header field contains information about the user   agent originating the request, which is often used by servers to help   identify the scope of reported interoperability problems, to work   around or tailor responses to avoid particular user agent   limitations, and for analytics regarding browser or operating system   use.  A user agent SHOULD send a User-Agent field in each request   unless specifically configured not to do so.     User-Agent = product *( RWS ( product / comment ) )   The User-Agent field-value consists of one or more product   identifiers, each followed by zero or more comments (Section 5 of   [Messaging]), which together identify the user agent software and its   significant subproducts.  By convention, the product identifiers are   listed in decreasing order of their significance for identifying the   user agent software.  Each product identifier consists of a name and   optional version.     product         = token ["/" product-version]     product-version = token   A sender SHOULD limit generated product identifiers to what is   necessary to identify the product; a sender MUST NOT generate   advertising or other nonessential information within the product   identifier.  A sender SHOULD NOT generate information in product-   version that is not a version identifier (i.e., successive versions   of the same product name ought to differ only in the product-version   portion of the product identifier).Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 106]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   Example:     User-Agent: CERN-LineMode/2.15 libwww/2.17b3   A user agent SHOULD NOT generate a User-Agent field containing   needlessly fine-grained detail and SHOULD limit the addition of   subproducts by third parties.  Overly long and detailed User-Agent   field values increase request latency and the risk of a user being   identified against their wishes ("fingerprinting").   Likewise, implementations are encouraged not to use the product   tokens of other implementations in order to declare compatibility   with them, as this circumvents the purpose of the field.  If a user   agent masquerades as a different user agent, recipients can assume   that the user intentionally desires to see responses tailored for   that identified user agent, even if they might not work as well for   the actual user agent being used.9.  Response Status Codes   The (response) status code is a three-digit integer code giving the   result of the attempt to understand and satisfy the request.   HTTP status codes are extensible.  HTTP clients are not required to   understand the meaning of all registered status codes, though such   understanding is obviously desirable.  However, a client MUST   understand the class of any status code, as indicated by the first   digit, and treat an unrecognized status code as being equivalent to   the x00 status code of that class, with the exception that a   recipient MUST NOT cache a response with an unrecognized status code.   For example, if an unrecognized status code of 471 is received by a   client, the client can assume that there was something wrong with its   request and treat the response as if it had received a 400 (Bad   Request) status code.  The response message will usually contain a   representation that explains the status.   The first digit of the status code defines the class of response.   The last two digits do not have any categorization role.  There are   five values for the first digit:   o  1xx (Informational): The request was received, continuing process   o  2xx (Successful): The request was successfully received,      understood, and accepted   o  3xx (Redirection): Further action needs to be taken in order to      complete the requestFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 107]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   o  4xx (Client Error): The request contains bad syntax or cannot be      fulfilled   o  5xx (Server Error): The server failed to fulfill an apparently      valid request9.1.  Overview of Status Codes   The status codes listed below are defined in this specification.  The   reason phrases listed here are only recommendations -- they can be   replaced by local equivalents without affecting the protocol.   Responses with status codes that are defined as cacheable by default   (e.g., 200, 203, 204, 206, 300, 301, 404, 405, 410, 414, and 501 in   this specification) can be reused by a cache with heuristic   expiration unless otherwise indicated by the method definition or   explicit cache controls [Caching]; all other status codes are not   cacheable by default.   +-------+-------------------------------+-----------------+   | Value | Description                   | Reference       |   +-------+-------------------------------+-----------------+   | 100   | Continue                      |Section 9.2.1   |   | 101   | Switching Protocols           |Section 9.2.2   |   | 200   | OK                            |Section 9.3.1   |   | 201   | Created                       |Section 9.3.2   |   | 202   | Accepted                      |Section 9.3.3   |   | 203   | Non-Authoritative Information |Section 9.3.4   |   | 204   | No Content                    |Section 9.3.5   |   | 205   | Reset Content                 |Section 9.3.6   |   | 206   | Partial Content               |Section 9.3.7   |   | 300   | Multiple Choices              |Section 9.4.1   |   | 301   | Moved Permanently             |Section 9.4.2   |   | 302   | Found                         |Section 9.4.3   |   | 303   | See Other                     |Section 9.4.4   |   | 304   | Not Modified                  |Section 9.4.5   |   | 305   | Use Proxy                     |Section 9.4.6   |   | 306   | (Unused)                      |Section 9.4.7   |   | 307   | Temporary Redirect            |Section 9.4.8   |   | 308   | Permanent Redirect            |Section 9.4.9   |   | 400   | Bad Request                   |Section 9.5.1   |   | 401   | Unauthorized                  |Section 9.5.2   |   | 402   | Payment Required              |Section 9.5.3   |   | 403   | Forbidden                     |Section 9.5.4   |   | 404   | Not Found                     |Section 9.5.5   |   | 405   | Method Not Allowed            |Section 9.5.6   |   | 406   | Not Acceptable                |Section 9.5.7   |   | 407   | Proxy Authentication Required |Section 9.5.8   |Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 108]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   | 408   | Request Timeout               |Section 9.5.9   |   | 409   | Conflict                      |Section 9.5.10  |   | 410   | Gone                          |Section 9.5.11  |   | 411   | Length Required               |Section 9.5.12  |   | 412   | Precondition Failed           |Section 9.5.13  |   | 413   | Payload Too Large             |Section 9.5.14  |   | 414   | URI Too Long                  |Section 9.5.15  |   | 415   | Unsupported Media Type        |Section 9.5.16  |   | 416   | Range Not Satisfiable         |Section 9.5.17  |   | 417   | Expectation Failed            |Section 9.5.18  |   | 418   | (Unused)                      |Section 9.5.19  |   | 422   | Unprocessable Payload         |Section 9.5.20  |   | 426   | Upgrade Required              |Section 9.5.21  |   | 500   | Internal Server Error         |Section 9.6.1   |   | 501   | Not Implemented               |Section 9.6.2   |   | 502   | Bad Gateway                   |Section 9.6.3   |   | 503   | Service Unavailable           |Section 9.6.4   |   | 504   | Gateway Timeout               |Section 9.6.5   |   | 505   | HTTP Version Not Supported    |Section 9.6.6   |   +-------+-------------------------------+-----------------+                                  Table 6   Note that this list is not exhaustive -- it does not include   extension status codes defined in other specifications (Section 9.7).9.2.  Informational 1xx   The 1xx (Informational) class of status code indicates an interim   response for communicating connection status or request progress   prior to completing the requested action and sending a final   response.  1xx responses are terminated by the first empty line after   the status-line (the empty line signaling the end of the header   section).  Since HTTP/1.0 did not define any 1xx status codes, a   server MUST NOT send a 1xx response to an HTTP/1.0 client.   A client MUST be able to parse one or more 1xx responses received   prior to a final response, even if the client does not expect one.  A   user agent MAY ignore unexpected 1xx responses.   A proxy MUST forward 1xx responses unless the proxy itself requested   the generation of the 1xx response.  For example, if a proxy adds an   "Expect: 100-continue" field when it forwards a request, then it need   not forward the corresponding 100 (Continue) response(s).Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 109]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20199.2.1.  100 Continue   The 100 (Continue) status code indicates that the initial part of a   request has been received and has not yet been rejected by the   server.  The server intends to send a final response after the   request has been fully received and acted upon.   When the request contains an Expect header field that includes a   100-continue expectation, the 100 response indicates that the server   wishes to receive the request payload body, as described inSection 8.1.1.  The client ought to continue sending the request and   discard the 100 response.   If the request did not contain an Expect header field containing the   100-continue expectation, the client can simply discard this interim   response.9.2.2.  101 Switching Protocols   The 101 (Switching Protocols) status code indicates that the server   understands and is willing to comply with the client's request, via   the Upgrade header field (Section 9.8 of [Messaging]), for a change   in the application protocol being used on this connection.  The   server MUST generate an Upgrade header field in the response that   indicates which protocol(s) will be switched to immediately after the   empty line that terminates the 101 response.   It is assumed that the server will only agree to switch protocols   when it is advantageous to do so.  For example, switching to a newer   version of HTTP might be advantageous over older versions, and   switching to a real-time, synchronous protocol might be advantageous   when delivering resources that use such features.9.3.  Successful 2xx   The 2xx (Successful) class of status code indicates that the client's   request was successfully received, understood, and accepted.9.3.1.  200 OK   The 200 (OK) status code indicates that the request has succeeded.   The payload sent in a 200 response depends on the request method.   For the methods defined by this specification, the intended meaning   of the payload can be summarized as:   GET  a representation of the target resource;Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 110]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   HEAD  the same representation as GET, but without the representation      data;   POST  a representation of the status of, or results obtained from,      the action;   PUT, DELETE  a representation of the status of the action;   OPTIONS  a representation of the communications options;   TRACE  a representation of the request message as received by the end      server.   Aside from responses to CONNECT, a 200 response always has a payload,   though an origin server MAY generate a payload body of zero length.   If no payload is desired, an origin server ought to send 204 (No   Content) instead.  For CONNECT, no payload is allowed because the   successful result is a tunnel, which begins immediately after the 200   response header section.   A 200 response is cacheable by default; i.e., unless otherwise   indicated by the method definition or explicit cache controls (see   Section 4.2.2 of [Caching]).9.3.2.  201 Created   The 201 (Created) status code indicates that the request has been   fulfilled and has resulted in one or more new resources being   created.  The primary resource created by the request is identified   by either a Location header field in the response or, if no Location   field is received, by the effective request URI.   The 201 response payload typically describes and links to the   resource(s) created.  SeeSection 10.2 for a discussion of the   meaning and purpose of validator header fields, such as ETag and   Last-Modified, in a 201 response.9.3.3.  202 Accepted   The 202 (Accepted) status code indicates that the request has been   accepted for processing, but the processing has not been completed.   The request might or might not eventually be acted upon, as it might   be disallowed when processing actually takes place.  There is no   facility in HTTP for re-sending a status code from an asynchronous   operation.   The 202 response is intentionally noncommittal.  Its purpose is to   allow a server to accept a request for some other process (perhaps aFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 111]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   batch-oriented process that is only run once per day) without   requiring that the user agent's connection to the server persist   until the process is completed.  The representation sent with this   response ought to describe the request's current status and point to   (or embed) a status monitor that can provide the user with an   estimate of when the request will be fulfilled.9.3.4.  203 Non-Authoritative Information   The 203 (Non-Authoritative Information) status code indicates that   the request was successful but the enclosed payload has been modified   from that of the origin server's 200 (OK) response by a transforming   proxy (Section 5.5.2).  This status code allows the proxy to notify   recipients when a transformation has been applied, since that   knowledge might impact later decisions regarding the content.  For   example, future cache validation requests for the content might only   be applicable along the same request path (through the same proxies).   The 203 response is similar to the Warning code of 214 Transformation   Applied (Section 5.5 of [Caching]), which has the advantage of being   applicable to responses with any status code.   A 203 response is cacheable by default; i.e., unless otherwise   indicated by the method definition or explicit cache controls (see   Section 4.2.2 of [Caching]).9.3.5.  204 No Content   The 204 (No Content) status code indicates that the server has   successfully fulfilled the request and that there is no additional   content to send in the response payload body.  Metadata in the   response header fields refer to the target resource and its selected   representation after the requested action was applied.   For example, if a 204 status code is received in response to a PUT   request and the response contains an ETag header field, then the PUT   was successful and the ETag field-value contains the entity-tag for   the new representation of that target resource.   The 204 response allows a server to indicate that the action has been   successfully applied to the target resource, while implying that the   user agent does not need to traverse away from its current "document   view" (if any).  The server assumes that the user agent will provide   some indication of the success to its user, in accord with its own   interface, and apply any new or updated metadata in the response to   its active representation.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 112]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   For example, a 204 status code is commonly used with document editing   interfaces corresponding to a "save" action, such that the document   being saved remains available to the user for editing.  It is also   frequently used with interfaces that expect automated data transfers   to be prevalent, such as within distributed version control systems.   A 204 response is terminated by the first empty line after the header   fields because it cannot contain a message body.   A 204 response is cacheable by default; i.e., unless otherwise   indicated by the method definition or explicit cache controls (see   Section 4.2.2 of [Caching]).9.3.6.  205 Reset Content   The 205 (Reset Content) status code indicates that the server has   fulfilled the request and desires that the user agent reset the   "document view", which caused the request to be sent, to its original   state as received from the origin server.   This response is intended to support a common data entry use case   where the user receives content that supports data entry (a form,   notepad, canvas, etc.), enters or manipulates data in that space,   causes the entered data to be submitted in a request, and then the   data entry mechanism is reset for the next entry so that the user can   easily initiate another input action.   Since the 205 status code implies that no additional content will be   provided, a server MUST NOT generate a payload in a 205 response.  In   other words, a server MUST do one of the following for a 205   response: a) indicate a zero-length body for the response by   including a Content-Length header field with a value of 0; b)   indicate a zero-length payload for the response by including a   Transfer-Encoding header field with a value of chunked and a message   body consisting of a single chunk of zero-length; or, c) close the   connection immediately after sending the blank line terminating the   header section.9.3.7.  206 Partial Content   The 206 (Partial Content) status code indicates that the server is   successfully fulfilling a range request for the target resource by   transferring one or more parts of the selected representation.   When a 206 response is generated, the server MUST generate the   following header fields, in addition to those required in the   subsections below, if the field would have been sent in a 200 (OK)Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 113]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   response to the same request: Date, Cache-Control, ETag, Expires,   Content-Location, and Vary.   If a 206 is generated in response to a request with an If-Range   header field, the sender SHOULD NOT generate other representation   header fields beyond those required, because the client is understood   to already have a prior response containing those header fields.   Otherwise, the sender MUST generate all of the representation header   fields that would have been sent in a 200 (OK) response to the same   request.   A 206 response is cacheable by default; i.e., unless otherwise   indicated by explicit cache controls (see Section 4.2.2 of   [Caching]).9.3.7.1.  Single Part   If a single part is being transferred, the server generating the 206   response MUST generate a Content-Range header field, describing what   range of the selected representation is enclosed, and a payload   consisting of the range.  For example:     HTTP/1.1 206 Partial Content     Date: Wed, 15 Nov 1995 06:25:24 GMT     Last-Modified: Wed, 15 Nov 1995 04:58:08 GMT     Content-Range: bytes 21010-47021/47022     Content-Length: 26012     Content-Type: image/gif     ... 26012 bytes of partial image data ...9.3.7.2.  Multiple Parts   If multiple parts are being transferred, the server generating the   206 response MUST generate a "multipart/byteranges" payload, as   defined inSection 6.3.4, and a Content-Type header field containing   the multipart/byteranges media type and its required boundary   parameter.  To avoid confusion with single-part responses, a server   MUST NOT generate a Content-Range header field in the HTTP header   section of a multiple part response (this field will be sent in each   part instead).   Within the header area of each body part in the multipart payload,   the server MUST generate a Content-Range header field corresponding   to the range being enclosed in that body part.  If the selected   representation would have had a Content-Type header field in a 200   (OK) response, the server SHOULD generate that same Content-Type   field in the header area of each body part.  For example:Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 114]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019     HTTP/1.1 206 Partial Content     Date: Wed, 15 Nov 1995 06:25:24 GMT     Last-Modified: Wed, 15 Nov 1995 04:58:08 GMT     Content-Length: 1741     Content-Type: multipart/byteranges; boundary=THIS_STRING_SEPARATES     --THIS_STRING_SEPARATES     Content-Type: application/pdf     Content-Range: bytes 500-999/8000     ...the first range...     --THIS_STRING_SEPARATES     Content-Type: application/pdf     Content-Range: bytes 7000-7999/8000     ...the second range     --THIS_STRING_SEPARATES--   When multiple ranges are requested, a server MAY coalesce any of the   ranges that overlap, or that are separated by a gap that is smaller   than the overhead of sending multiple parts, regardless of the order   in which the corresponding byte-range-spec appeared in the received   Range header field.  Since the typical overhead between parts of a   multipart/byteranges payload is around 80 bytes, depending on the   selected representation's media type and the chosen boundary   parameter length, it can be less efficient to transfer many small   disjoint parts than it is to transfer the entire selected   representation.   A server MUST NOT generate a multipart response to a request for a   single range, since a client that does not request multiple parts   might not support multipart responses.  However, a server MAY   generate a multipart/byteranges payload with only a single body part   if multiple ranges were requested and only one range was found to be   satisfiable or only one range remained after coalescing.  A client   that cannot process a multipart/byteranges response MUST NOT generate   a request that asks for multiple ranges.   When a multipart response payload is generated, the server SHOULD   send the parts in the same order that the corresponding byte-range-   spec appeared in the received Range header field, excluding those   ranges that were deemed unsatisfiable or that were coalesced into   other ranges.  A client that receives a multipart response MUST   inspect the Content-Range header field present in each body part in   order to determine which range is contained in that body part; a   client cannot rely on receiving the same ranges that it requested,   nor the same order that it requested.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 115]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20199.3.7.3.  Combining Parts   A response might transfer only a subrange of a representation if the   connection closed prematurely or if the request used one or more   Range specifications.  After several such transfers, a client might   have received several ranges of the same representation.  These   ranges can only be safely combined if they all have in common the   same strong validator (Section 10.2.1).   A client that has received multiple partial responses to GET requests   on a target resource MAY combine those responses into a larger   continuous range if they share the same strong validator.   If the most recent response is an incomplete 200 (OK) response, then   the header fields of that response are used for any combined response   and replace those of the matching stored responses.   If the most recent response is a 206 (Partial Content) response and   at least one of the matching stored responses is a 200 (OK), then the   combined response header fields consist of the most recent 200   response's header fields.  If all of the matching stored responses   are 206 responses, then the stored response with the most recent   header fields is used as the source of header fields for the combined   response, except that the client MUST use other header fields   provided in the new response, aside from Content-Range, to replace   all instances of the corresponding header fields in the stored   response.   The combined response message body consists of the union of partial   content ranges in the new response and each of the selected   responses.  If the union consists of the entire range of the   representation, then the client MUST process the combined response as   if it were a complete 200 (OK) response, including a Content-Length   header field that reflects the complete length.  Otherwise, the   client MUST process the set of continuous ranges as one of the   following: an incomplete 200 (OK) response if the combined response   is a prefix of the representation, a single 206 (Partial Content)   response containing a multipart/byteranges body, or multiple 206   (Partial Content) responses, each with one continuous range that is   indicated by a Content-Range header field.9.4.  Redirection 3xx   The 3xx (Redirection) class of status code indicates that further   action needs to be taken by the user agent in order to fulfill the   request.  If a Location header field (Section 10.1.2) is provided,   the user agent MAY automatically redirect its request to the URI   referenced by the Location field value, even if the specific statusFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 116]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   code is not understood.  Automatic redirection needs to be done with   care for methods not known to be safe, as defined inSection 7.2.1,   since the user might not wish to redirect an unsafe request.   There are several types of redirects:   1.  Redirects that indicate the resource might be available at a       different URI, as provided by the Location field, as in the       status codes 301 (Moved Permanently), 302 (Found), 307 (Temporary       Redirect), and 308 (Permanent Redirect).   2.  Redirection that offers a choice of matching resources, each       capable of representing the original request target, as in the       300 (Multiple Choices) status code.   3.  Redirection to a different resource, identified by the Location       field, that can represent an indirect response to the request, as       in the 303 (See Other) status code.   4.  Redirection to a previously cached result, as in the 304 (Not       Modified) status code.      Note: In HTTP/1.0, the status codes 301 (Moved Permanently) and      302 (Found) were defined for the first type of redirect      ([RFC1945], Section 9.3).  Early user agents split on whether the      method applied to the redirect target would be the same as the      original request or would be rewritten as GET.  Although HTTP      originally defined the former semantics for 301 and 302 (to match      its original implementation at CERN), and defined 303 (See Other)      to match the latter semantics, prevailing practice gradually      converged on the latter semantics for 301 and 302 as well.  The      first revision of HTTP/1.1 added 307 (Temporary Redirect) to      indicate the former semantics of 302 without being impacted by      divergent practice.  For the same reason, 308 (Permanent Redirect)      was later on added in [RFC7538] to match 301.  Over 10 years      later, most user agents still do method rewriting for 301 and 302;      therefore, [RFC7231] made that behavior conformant when the      original request is POST.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 117]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   A client SHOULD detect and intervene in cyclical redirections (i.e.,   "infinite" redirection loops).      Note: An earlier version of this specification recommended a      maximum of five redirections ([RFC2068], Section 10.3).  Content      developers need to be aware that some clients might implement such      a fixed limitation.9.4.1.  300 Multiple Choices   The 300 (Multiple Choices) status code indicates that the target   resource has more than one representation, each with its own more   specific identifier, and information about the alternatives is being   provided so that the user (or user agent) can select a preferred   representation by redirecting its request to one or more of those   identifiers.  In other words, the server desires that the user agent   engage in reactive negotiation to select the most appropriate   representation(s) for its needs (Section 6.4).   If the server has a preferred choice, the server SHOULD generate a   Location header field containing a preferred choice's URI reference.   The user agent MAY use the Location field value for automatic   redirection.   For request methods other than HEAD, the server SHOULD generate a   payload in the 300 response containing a list of representation   metadata and URI reference(s) from which the user or user agent can   choose the one most preferred.  The user agent MAY make a selection   from that list automatically if it understands the provided media   type.  A specific format for automatic selection is not defined by   this specification because HTTP tries to remain orthogonal to the   definition of its payloads.  In practice, the representation is   provided in some easily parsed format believed to be acceptable to   the user agent, as determined by shared design or content   negotiation, or in some commonly accepted hypertext format.   A 300 response is cacheable by default; i.e., unless otherwise   indicated by the method definition or explicit cache controls (see   Section 4.2.2 of [Caching]).      Note: The original proposal for the 300 status code defined the      URI header field as providing a list of alternative      representations, such that it would be usable for 200, 300, and      406 responses and be transferred in responses to the HEAD method.      However, lack of deployment and disagreement over syntax led to      both URI and Alternates (a subsequent proposal) being dropped from      this specification.  It is possible to communicate the list usingFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 118]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019      a set of Link header fields [RFC8288], each with a relationship of      "alternate", though deployment is a chicken-and-egg problem.9.4.2.  301 Moved Permanently   The 301 (Moved Permanently) status code indicates that the target   resource has been assigned a new permanent URI and any future   references to this resource ought to use one of the enclosed URIs.   Clients with link-editing capabilities ought to automatically re-link   references to the effective request URI to one or more of the new   references sent by the server, where possible.   The server SHOULD generate a Location header field in the response   containing a preferred URI reference for the new permanent URI.  The   user agent MAY use the Location field value for automatic   redirection.  The server's response payload usually contains a short   hypertext note with a hyperlink to the new URI(s).      Note: For historical reasons, a user agent MAY change the request      method from POST to GET for the subsequent request.  If this      behavior is undesired, the 308 (Permanent Redirect) status code      can be used instead.   A 301 response is cacheable by default; i.e., unless otherwise   indicated by the method definition or explicit cache controls (see   Section 4.2.2 of [Caching]).9.4.3.  302 Found   The 302 (Found) status code indicates that the target resource   resides temporarily under a different URI.  Since the redirection   might be altered on occasion, the client ought to continue to use the   effective request URI for future requests.   The server SHOULD generate a Location header field in the response   containing a URI reference for the different URI.  The user agent MAY   use the Location field value for automatic redirection.  The server's   response payload usually contains a short hypertext note with a   hyperlink to the different URI(s).      Note: For historical reasons, a user agent MAY change the request      method from POST to GET for the subsequent request.  If this      behavior is undesired, the 307 (Temporary Redirect) status code      can be used instead.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 119]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20199.4.4.  303 See Other   The 303 (See Other) status code indicates that the server is   redirecting the user agent to a different resource, as indicated by a   URI in the Location header field, which is intended to provide an   indirect response to the original request.  A user agent can perform   a retrieval request targeting that URI (a GET or HEAD request if   using HTTP), which might also be redirected, and present the eventual   result as an answer to the original request.  Note that the new URI   in the Location header field is not considered equivalent to the   effective request URI.   This status code is applicable to any HTTP method.  It is primarily   used to allow the output of a POST action to redirect the user agent   to a selected resource, since doing so provides the information   corresponding to the POST response in a form that can be separately   identified, bookmarked, and cached, independent of the original   request.   A 303 response to a GET request indicates that the origin server does   not have a representation of the target resource that can be   transferred by the server over HTTP.  However, the Location field   value refers to a resource that is descriptive of the target   resource, such that making a retrieval request on that other resource   might result in a representation that is useful to recipients without   implying that it represents the original target resource.  Note that   answers to the questions of what can be represented, what   representations are adequate, and what might be a useful description   are outside the scope of HTTP.   Except for responses to a HEAD request, the representation of a 303   response ought to contain a short hypertext note with a hyperlink to   the same URI reference provided in the Location header field.9.4.5.  304 Not Modified   The 304 (Not Modified) status code indicates that a conditional GET   or HEAD request has been received and would have resulted in a 200   (OK) response if it were not for the fact that the condition   evaluated to false.  In other words, there is no need for the server   to transfer a representation of the target resource because the   request indicates that the client, which made the request   conditional, already has a valid representation; the server is   therefore redirecting the client to make use of that stored   representation as if it were the payload of a 200 (OK) response.   The server generating a 304 response MUST generate any of the   following header fields that would have been sent in a 200 (OK)Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 120]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   response to the same request: Cache-Control, Content-Location, Date,   ETag, Expires, and Vary.   Since the goal of a 304 response is to minimize information transfer   when the recipient already has one or more cached representations, a   sender SHOULD NOT generate representation metadata other than the   above listed fields unless said metadata exists for the purpose of   guiding cache updates (e.g., Last-Modified might be useful if the   response does not have an ETag field).   Requirements on a cache that receives a 304 response are defined in   Section 4.3.4 of [Caching].  If the conditional request originated   with an outbound client, such as a user agent with its own cache   sending a conditional GET to a shared proxy, then the proxy SHOULD   forward the 304 response to that client.   A 304 response cannot contain a message-body; it is always terminated   by the first empty line after the header fields.9.4.6.  305 Use Proxy   The 305 (Use Proxy) status code was defined in a previous version of   this specification and is now deprecated (Appendix B of [RFC7231]).9.4.7.  306 (Unused)   The 306 status code was defined in a previous version of this   specification, is no longer used, and the code is reserved.9.4.8.  307 Temporary Redirect   The 307 (Temporary Redirect) status code indicates that the target   resource resides temporarily under a different URI and the user agent   MUST NOT change the request method if it performs an automatic   redirection to that URI.  Since the redirection can change over time,   the client ought to continue using the original effective request URI   for future requests.   The server SHOULD generate a Location header field in the response   containing a URI reference for the different URI.  The user agent MAY   use the Location field value for automatic redirection.  The server's   response payload usually contains a short hypertext note with a   hyperlink to the different URI(s).Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 121]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20199.4.9.  308 Permanent Redirect   The 308 (Permanent Redirect) status code indicates that the target   resource has been assigned a new permanent URI and any future   references to this resource ought to use one of the enclosed URIs.   Clients with link editing capabilities ought to automatically re-link   references to the effective request URI to one or more of the new   references sent by the server, where possible.   The server SHOULD generate a Location header field in the response   containing a preferred URI reference for the new permanent URI.  The   user agent MAY use the Location field value for automatic   redirection.  The server's response payload usually contains a short   hypertext note with a hyperlink to the new URI(s).   A 308 response is cacheable by default; i.e., unless otherwise   indicated by the method definition or explicit cache controls (see   Section 4.2.2 of [Caching]).      Note: This status code is much younger (June 2014) than its      sibling codes, and thus might not be recognized everywhere.  SeeSection 4 of [RFC7538] for deployment considerations.9.5.  Client Error 4xx   The 4xx (Client Error) class of status code indicates that the client   seems to have erred.  Except when responding to a HEAD request, the   server SHOULD send a representation containing an explanation of the   error situation, and whether it is a temporary or permanent   condition.  These status codes are applicable to any request method.   User agents SHOULD display any included representation to the user.9.5.1.  400 Bad Request   The 400 (Bad Request) status code indicates that the server cannot or   will not process the request due to something that is perceived to be   a client error (e.g., malformed request syntax, invalid request   message framing, or deceptive request routing).9.5.2.  401 Unauthorized   The 401 (Unauthorized) status code indicates that the request has not   been applied because it lacks valid authentication credentials for   the target resource.  The server generating a 401 response MUST send   a WWW-Authenticate header field (Section 10.3.1) containing at least   one challenge applicable to the target resource.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 122]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   If the request included authentication credentials, then the 401   response indicates that authorization has been refused for those   credentials.  The user agent MAY repeat the request with a new or   replaced Authorization header field (Section 8.5.3).  If the 401   response contains the same challenge as the prior response, and the   user agent has already attempted authentication at least once, then   the user agent SHOULD present the enclosed representation to the   user, since it usually contains relevant diagnostic information.9.5.3.  402 Payment Required   The 402 (Payment Required) status code is reserved for future use.9.5.4.  403 Forbidden   The 403 (Forbidden) status code indicates that the server understood   the request but refuses to authorize it.  A server that wishes to   make public why the request has been forbidden can describe that   reason in the response payload (if any).   If authentication credentials were provided in the request, the   server considers them insufficient to grant access.  The client   SHOULD NOT automatically repeat the request with the same   credentials.  The client MAY repeat the request with new or different   credentials.  However, a request might be forbidden for reasons   unrelated to the credentials.   An origin server that wishes to "hide" the current existence of a   forbidden target resource MAY instead respond with a status code of   404 (Not Found).9.5.5.  404 Not Found   The 404 (Not Found) status code indicates that the origin server did   not find a current representation for the target resource or is not   willing to disclose that one exists.  A 404 status code does not   indicate whether this lack of representation is temporary or   permanent; the 410 (Gone) status code is preferred over 404 if the   origin server knows, presumably through some configurable means, that   the condition is likely to be permanent.   A 404 response is cacheable by default; i.e., unless otherwise   indicated by the method definition or explicit cache controls (see   Section 4.2.2 of [Caching]).Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 123]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20199.5.6.  405 Method Not Allowed   The 405 (Method Not Allowed) status code indicates that the method   received in the request-line is known by the origin server but not   supported by the target resource.  The origin server MUST generate an   Allow header field in a 405 response containing a list of the target   resource's currently supported methods.   A 405 response is cacheable by default; i.e., unless otherwise   indicated by the method definition or explicit cache controls (see   Section 4.2.2 of [Caching]).9.5.7.  406 Not Acceptable   The 406 (Not Acceptable) status code indicates that the target   resource does not have a current representation that would be   acceptable to the user agent, according to the proactive negotiation   header fields received in the request (Section 8.4), and the server   is unwilling to supply a default representation.   The server SHOULD generate a payload containing a list of available   representation characteristics and corresponding resource identifiers   from which the user or user agent can choose the one most   appropriate.  A user agent MAY automatically select the most   appropriate choice from that list.  However, this specification does   not define any standard for such automatic selection, as described inSection 9.4.1.9.5.8.  407 Proxy Authentication Required   The 407 (Proxy Authentication Required) status code is similar to 401   (Unauthorized), but it indicates that the client needs to   authenticate itself in order to use a proxy.  The proxy MUST send a   Proxy-Authenticate header field (Section 10.3.2) containing a   challenge applicable to that proxy for the target resource.  The   client MAY repeat the request with a new or replaced Proxy-   Authorization header field (Section 8.5.4).9.5.9.  408 Request Timeout   The 408 (Request Timeout) status code indicates that the server did   not receive a complete request message within the time that it was   prepared to wait.  A server SHOULD send the "close" connection option   (Section 9.1 of [Messaging]) in the response, since 408 implies that   the server has decided to close the connection rather than continue   waiting.  If the client has an outstanding request in transit, the   client MAY repeat that request on a new connection.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 124]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20199.5.10.  409 Conflict   The 409 (Conflict) status code indicates that the request could not   be completed due to a conflict with the current state of the target   resource.  This code is used in situations where the user might be   able to resolve the conflict and resubmit the request.  The server   SHOULD generate a payload that includes enough information for a user   to recognize the source of the conflict.   Conflicts are most likely to occur in response to a PUT request.  For   example, if versioning were being used and the representation being   PUT included changes to a resource that conflict with those made by   an earlier (third-party) request, the origin server might use a 409   response to indicate that it can't complete the request.  In this   case, the response representation would likely contain information   useful for merging the differences based on the revision history.9.5.11.  410 Gone   The 410 (Gone) status code indicates that access to the target   resource is no longer available at the origin server and that this   condition is likely to be permanent.  If the origin server does not   know, or has no facility to determine, whether or not the condition   is permanent, the status code 404 (Not Found) ought to be used   instead.   The 410 response is primarily intended to assist the task of web   maintenance by notifying the recipient that the resource is   intentionally unavailable and that the server owners desire that   remote links to that resource be removed.  Such an event is common   for limited-time, promotional services and for resources belonging to   individuals no longer associated with the origin server's site.  It   is not necessary to mark all permanently unavailable resources as   "gone" or to keep the mark for any length of time -- that is left to   the discretion of the server owner.   A 410 response is cacheable by default; i.e., unless otherwise   indicated by the method definition or explicit cache controls (see   Section 4.2.2 of [Caching]).9.5.12.  411 Length Required   The 411 (Length Required) status code indicates that the server   refuses to accept the request without a defined Content-Length   (Section 6.2.4).  The client MAY repeat the request if it adds a   valid Content-Length header field containing the length of the   message body in the request message.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 125]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20199.5.13.  412 Precondition Failed   The 412 (Precondition Failed) status code indicates that one or more   conditions given in the request header fields evaluated to false when   tested on the server.  This response status code allows the client to   place preconditions on the current resource state (its current   representations and metadata) and, thus, prevent the request method   from being applied if the target resource is in an unexpected state.9.5.14.  413 Payload Too Large   The 413 (Payload Too Large) status code indicates that the server is   refusing to process a request because the request payload is larger   than the server is willing or able to process.  The server MAY close   the connection to prevent the client from continuing the request.   If the condition is temporary, the server SHOULD generate a Retry-   After header field to indicate that it is temporary and after what   time the client MAY try again.9.5.15.  414 URI Too Long   The 414 (URI Too Long) status code indicates that the server is   refusing to service the request because the request-target   (Section 3.2 of [Messaging]) is longer than the server is willing to   interpret.  This rare condition is only likely to occur when a client   has improperly converted a POST request to a GET request with long   query information, when the client has descended into a "black hole"   of redirection (e.g., a redirected URI prefix that points to a suffix   of itself) or when the server is under attack by a client attempting   to exploit potential security holes.   A 414 response is cacheable by default; i.e., unless otherwise   indicated by the method definition or explicit cache controls (see   Section 4.2.2 of [Caching]).9.5.16.  415 Unsupported Media Type   The 415 (Unsupported Media Type) status code indicates that the   origin server is refusing to service the request because the payload   is in a format not supported by this method on the target resource.   The format problem might be due to the request's indicated Content-   Type or Content-Encoding, or as a result of inspecting the data   directly.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 126]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20199.5.17.  416 Range Not Satisfiable   The 416 (Range Not Satisfiable) status code indicates that none of   the ranges in the request's Range header field (Section 8.3) overlap   the current extent of the selected representation or that the set of   ranges requested has been rejected due to invalid ranges or an   excessive request of small or overlapping ranges.   For byte ranges, failing to overlap the current extent means that the   first-byte-pos of all of the byte-range-spec values were greater than   or equal to the current length of the selected representation.  When   this status code is generated in response to a byte-range request,   the sender SHOULD generate a Content-Range header field specifying   the current length of the selected representation (Section 6.3.3).   For example:     HTTP/1.1 416 Range Not Satisfiable     Date: Fri, 20 Jan 2012 15:41:54 GMT     Content-Range: bytes */47022      Note: Because servers are free to ignore Range, many      implementations will simply respond with the entire selected      representation in a 200 (OK) response.  That is partly because      most clients are prepared to receive a 200 (OK) to complete the      task (albeit less efficiently) and partly because clients might      not stop making an invalid partial request until they have      received a complete representation.  Thus, clients cannot depend      on receiving a 416 (Range Not Satisfiable) response even when it      is most appropriate.9.5.18.  417 Expectation Failed   The 417 (Expectation Failed) status code indicates that the   expectation given in the request's Expect header field   (Section 8.1.1) could not be met by at least one of the inbound   servers.9.5.19.  418 (Unused)   [RFC2324] was an April 1 RFC that lampooned the various ways HTTP was   abused; one such abuse was the definition of an application-specific   418 status code.  In the intervening years, this status code has been   widely implemented as an "Easter Egg", and therefore is effectively   consumed by this use.   Therefore, the 418 status code is reserved in the IANA HTTP Status   Code registry.  This indicates that the status code cannot beFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 127]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   assigned to other applications currently.  If future circumstances   require its use (e.g., exhaustion of 4NN status codes), it can be re-   assigned to another use.9.5.20.  422 Unprocessable Payload   The 422 (Unprocessable Payload) status code indicates that the server   understands the content type of the request payload (hence a 415   (Unsupported Media Type) status code is inappropriate), and the   syntax of the request payload is correct, but was unable to process   the contained instructions.  For example, this status code can be   sent if an XML request payload contains well-formed (i.e.,   syntactically correct), but semantically erroneous XML instructions.9.5.21.  426 Upgrade Required   The 426 (Upgrade Required) status code indicates that the server   refuses to perform the request using the current protocol but might   be willing to do so after the client upgrades to a different   protocol.  The server MUST send an Upgrade header field in a 426   response to indicate the required protocol(s) (Section 9.8 of   [Messaging]).   Example:     HTTP/1.1 426 Upgrade Required     Upgrade: HTTP/3.0     Connection: Upgrade     Content-Length: 53     Content-Type: text/plain     This service requires use of the HTTP/3.0 protocol.9.6.  Server Error 5xx   The 5xx (Server Error) class of status code indicates that the server   is aware that it has erred or is incapable of performing the   requested method.  Except when responding to a HEAD request, the   server SHOULD send a representation containing an explanation of the   error situation, and whether it is a temporary or permanent   condition.  A user agent SHOULD display any included representation   to the user.  These response codes are applicable to any request   method.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 128]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 20199.6.1.  500 Internal Server Error   The 500 (Internal Server Error) status code indicates that the server   encountered an unexpected condition that prevented it from fulfilling   the request.9.6.2.  501 Not Implemented   The 501 (Not Implemented) status code indicates that the server does   not support the functionality required to fulfill the request.  This   is the appropriate response when the server does not recognize the   request method and is not capable of supporting it for any resource.   A 501 response is cacheable by default; i.e., unless otherwise   indicated by the method definition or explicit cache controls (see   Section 4.2.2 of [Caching]).9.6.3.  502 Bad Gateway   The 502 (Bad Gateway) status code indicates that the server, while   acting as a gateway or proxy, received an invalid response from an   inbound server it accessed while attempting to fulfill the request.9.6.4.  503 Service Unavailable   The 503 (Service Unavailable) status code indicates that the server   is currently unable to handle the request due to a temporary overload   or scheduled maintenance, which will likely be alleviated after some   delay.  The server MAY send a Retry-After header field   (Section 10.1.3) to suggest an appropriate amount of time for the   client to wait before retrying the request.      Note: The existence of the 503 status code does not imply that a      server has to use it when becoming overloaded.  Some servers might      simply refuse the connection.9.6.5.  504 Gateway Timeout   The 504 (Gateway Timeout) status code indicates that the server,   while acting as a gateway or proxy, did not receive a timely response   from an upstream server it needed to access in order to complete the   request.9.6.6.  505 HTTP Version Not Supported   The 505 (HTTP Version Not Supported) status code indicates that the   server does not support, or refuses to support, the major version of   HTTP that was used in the request message.  The server is indicatingFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 129]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   that it is unable or unwilling to complete the request using the same   major version as the client, as described inSection 3.5, other than   with this error message.  The server SHOULD generate a representation   for the 505 response that describes why that version is not supported   and what other protocols are supported by that server.9.7.  Status Code Extensibility   Additional status codes, outside the scope of this specification,   have been specified for use in HTTP.  All such status codes ought to   be registered within the "Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) Status   Code Registry".9.7.1.  Status Code Registry   The "Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) Status Code Registry",   maintained by IANA at <https://www.iana.org/assignments/http-status-codes>, registers status code numbers.   A registration MUST include the following fields:   o  Status Code (3 digits)   o  Short Description   o  Pointer to specification text   Values to be added to the HTTP status code namespace require IETF   Review (see[RFC8126], Section 4.8).9.7.2.  Considerations for New Status Codes   When it is necessary to express semantics for a response that are not   defined by current status codes, a new status code can be registered.   Status codes are generic; they are potentially applicable to any   resource, not just one particular media type, kind of resource, or   application of HTTP.  As such, it is preferred that new status codes   be registered in a document that isn't specific to a single   application.   New status codes are required to fall under one of the categories   defined inSection 9.  To allow existing parsers to process the   response message, new status codes cannot disallow a payload,   although they can mandate a zero-length payload body.   Proposals for new status codes that are not yet widely deployed ought   to avoid allocating a specific number for the code until there is   clear consensus that it will be registered; instead, early drafts canFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 130]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   use a notation such as "4NN", or "3N0" .. "3N9", to indicate the   class of the proposed status code(s) without consuming a number   prematurely.   The definition of a new status code ought to explain the request   conditions that would cause a response containing that status code   (e.g., combinations of request header fields and/or method(s)) along   with any dependencies on response header fields (e.g., what fields   are required, what fields can modify the semantics, and what header   field semantics are further refined when used with the new status   code).   The definition of a new status code ought to specify whether or not   it is cacheable.  Note that all status codes can be cached if the   response they occur in has explicit freshness information; however,   status codes that are defined as being cacheable are allowed to be   cached without explicit freshness information.  Likewise, the   definition of a status code can place constraints upon cache   behavior.  See [Caching] for more information.   Finally, the definition of a new status code ought to indicate   whether the payload has any implied association with an identified   resource (Section 6.3.2).10.  Response Header Fields   The response header fields allow the server to pass additional   information about the response beyond what is placed in the status-   line.  These header fields give information about the server, about   further access to the target resource, or about related resources.   Although each response header field has a defined meaning, in   general, the precise semantics might be further refined by the   semantics of the request method and/or response status code.10.1.  Control Data   Response header fields can supply control data that supplements the   status code, directs caching, or instructs the client where to go   next.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 131]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   +-------------------+--------------------------+   | Header Field Name | Defined in...            |   +-------------------+--------------------------+   | Age               | Section 5.1 of [Caching] |   | Cache-Control     | Section 5.2 of [Caching] |   | Expires           | Section 5.3 of [Caching] |   | Date              |Section 10.1.1.2         |   | Location          |Section 10.1.2           |   | Retry-After       |Section 10.1.3           |   | Vary              |Section 10.1.4           |   | Warning           | Section 5.5 of [Caching] |   +-------------------+--------------------------+10.1.1.  Origination Date10.1.1.1.  Date/Time Formats   Prior to 1995, there were three different formats commonly used by   servers to communicate timestamps.  For compatibility with old   implementations, all three are defined here.  The preferred format is   a fixed-length and single-zone subset of the date and time   specification used by the Internet Message Format [RFC5322].     HTTP-date    = IMF-fixdate / obs-date   An example of the preferred format is     Sun, 06 Nov 1994 08:49:37 GMT    ; IMF-fixdate   Examples of the two obsolete formats are     Sunday, 06-Nov-94 08:49:37 GMT   ; obsoleteRFC 850 format     Sun Nov  6 08:49:37 1994         ; ANSI C's asctime() format   A recipient that parses a timestamp value in an HTTP header field   MUST accept all three HTTP-date formats.  When a sender generates a   header field that contains one or more timestamps defined as HTTP-   date, the sender MUST generate those timestamps in the IMF-fixdate   format.   An HTTP-date value represents time as an instance of Coordinated   Universal Time (UTC).  The first two formats indicate UTC by the   three-letter abbreviation for Greenwich Mean Time, "GMT", a   predecessor of the UTC name; values in the asctime format are assumed   to be in UTC.  A sender that generates HTTP-date values from a local   clock ought to use NTP ([RFC5905]) or some similar protocol to   synchronize its clock to UTC.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 132]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   Preferred format:     IMF-fixdate  = day-name "," SP date1 SP time-of-day SP GMT     ; fixed length/zone/capitalization subset of the format     ; seeSection 3.3 of [RFC5322]     day-name     = %s"Mon" / %s"Tue" / %s"Wed"                  / %s"Thu" / %s"Fri" / %s"Sat" / %s"Sun"     date1        = day SP month SP year                  ; e.g., 02 Jun 1982     day          = 2DIGIT     month        = %s"Jan" / %s"Feb" / %s"Mar" / %s"Apr"                  / %s"May" / %s"Jun" / %s"Jul" / %s"Aug"                  / %s"Sep" / %s"Oct" / %s"Nov" / %s"Dec"     year         = 4DIGIT     GMT          = %s"GMT"     time-of-day  = hour ":" minute ":" second                  ; 00:00:00 - 23:59:60 (leap second)     hour         = 2DIGIT     minute       = 2DIGIT     second       = 2DIGIT   Obsolete formats:     obs-date     =rfc850-date / asctime-daterfc850-date  = day-name-l "," SP date2 SP time-of-day SP GMT     date2        = day "-" month "-" 2DIGIT                  ; e.g., 02-Jun-82     day-name-l   = %s"Monday" / %s"Tuesday" / %s"Wednesday"            / %s"Thursday" / %s"Friday" / %s"Saturday" / %s"Sunday"     asctime-date = day-name SP date3 SP time-of-day SP year     date3        = month SP ( 2DIGIT / ( SP 1DIGIT ))                  ; e.g., Jun  2   HTTP-date is case sensitive.  A sender MUST NOT generate additional   whitespace in an HTTP-date beyond that specifically included as SP in   the grammar.  The semantics of day-name, day, month, year, and time-   of-day are the same as those defined for the Internet Message Format   constructs with the corresponding name ([RFC5322], Section 3.3).Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 133]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   Recipients of a timestamp value inrfc850-date format, which uses a   two-digit year, MUST interpret a timestamp that appears to be more   than 50 years in the future as representing the most recent year in   the past that had the same last two digits.   Recipients of timestamp values are encouraged to be robust in parsing   timestamps unless otherwise restricted by the field definition.  For   example, messages are occasionally forwarded over HTTP from a non-   HTTP source that might generate any of the date and time   specifications defined by the Internet Message Format.      Note: HTTP requirements for the date/time stamp format apply only      to their usage within the protocol stream.  Implementations are      not required to use these formats for user presentation, request      logging, etc.10.1.1.2.  Date   The "Date" header field represents the date and time at which the   message was originated, having the same semantics as the Origination   Date Field (orig-date) defined inSection 3.6.1 of [RFC5322].  The   field value is an HTTP-date, as defined inSection 10.1.1.1.     Date = HTTP-date   An example is     Date: Tue, 15 Nov 1994 08:12:31 GMT   When a Date header field is generated, the sender SHOULD generate its   field value as the best available approximation of the date and time   of message generation.  In theory, the date ought to represent the   moment just before the payload is generated.  In practice, the date   can be generated at any time during message origination.   An origin server MUST NOT send a Date header field if it does not   have a clock capable of providing a reasonable approximation of the   current instance in Coordinated Universal Time.  An origin server MAY   send a Date header field if the response is in the 1xx   (Informational) or 5xx (Server Error) class of status codes.  An   origin server MUST send a Date header field in all other cases.   A recipient with a clock that receives a response message without a   Date header field MUST record the time it was received and append a   corresponding Date header field to the message's header section if it   is cached or forwarded downstream.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 134]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   A user agent MAY send a Date header field in a request, though   generally will not do so unless it is believed to convey useful   information to the server.  For example, custom applications of HTTP   might convey a Date if the server is expected to adjust its   interpretation of the user's request based on differences between the   user agent and server clocks.10.1.2.  Location   The "Location" header field is used in some responses to refer to a   specific resource in relation to the response.  The type of   relationship is defined by the combination of request method and   status code semantics.     Location = URI-reference   The field value consists of a single URI-reference.  When it has the   form of a relative reference ([RFC3986], Section 4.2), the final   value is computed by resolving it against the effective request URI   ([RFC3986], Section 5).   For 201 (Created) responses, the Location value refers to the primary   resource created by the request.  For 3xx (Redirection) responses,   the Location value refers to the preferred target resource for   automatically redirecting the request.   If the Location value provided in a 3xx (Redirection) response does   not have a fragment component, a user agent MUST process the   redirection as if the value inherits the fragment component of the   URI reference used to generate the request target (i.e., the   redirection inherits the original reference's fragment, if any).   For example, a GET request generated for the URI reference   "http://www.example.org/~tim" might result in a 303 (See Other)   response containing the header field:     Location: /People.html#tim   which suggests that the user agent redirect to   "http://www.example.org/People.html#tim"   Likewise, a GET request generated for the URI reference   "http://www.example.org/index.html#larry" might result in a 301   (Moved Permanently) response containing the header field:     Location: http://www.example.net/index.htmlFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 135]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   which suggests that the user agent redirect to   "http://www.example.net/index.html#larry", preserving the original   fragment identifier.   There are circumstances in which a fragment identifier in a Location   value would not be appropriate.  For example, the Location header   field in a 201 (Created) response is supposed to provide a URI that   is specific to the created resource.      Note: Some recipients attempt to recover from Location fields that      are not valid URI references.  This specification does not mandate      or define such processing, but does allow it for the sake of      robustness.      Note: The Content-Location header field (Section 6.2.5) differs      from Location in that the Content-Location refers to the most      specific resource corresponding to the enclosed representation.      It is therefore possible for a response to contain both the      Location and Content-Location header fields.10.1.3.  Retry-After   Servers send the "Retry-After" header field to indicate how long the   user agent ought to wait before making a follow-up request.  When   sent with a 503 (Service Unavailable) response, Retry-After indicates   how long the service is expected to be unavailable to the client.   When sent with any 3xx (Redirection) response, Retry-After indicates   the minimum time that the user agent is asked to wait before issuing   the redirected request.   The value of this field can be either an HTTP-date or a number of   seconds to delay after the response is received.     Retry-After = HTTP-date / delay-seconds   A delay-seconds value is a non-negative decimal integer, representing   time in seconds.     delay-seconds  = 1*DIGIT   Two examples of its use are     Retry-After: Fri, 31 Dec 1999 23:59:59 GMT     Retry-After: 120   In the latter example, the delay is 2 minutes.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 136]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 201910.1.4.  Vary   The "Vary" header field in a response describes what parts of a   request message, aside from the method, Host header field, and   request target, might influence the origin server's process for   selecting and representing this response.  The value consists of   either a single asterisk ("*") or a list of header field names (case-   insensitive).     Vary = "*" / 1#field-name   A Vary field value of "*" signals that anything about the request   might play a role in selecting the response representation, possibly   including elements outside the message syntax (e.g., the client's   network address).  A recipient will not be able to determine whether   this response is appropriate for a later request without forwarding   the request to the origin server.  A proxy MUST NOT generate a Vary   field with a "*" value.   A Vary field value consisting of a comma-separated list of names   indicates that the named request header fields, known as the   selecting header fields, might have a role in selecting the   representation.  The potential selecting header fields are not   limited to those defined by this specification.   For example, a response that contains     Vary: accept-encoding, accept-language   indicates that the origin server might have used the request's   Accept-Encoding and Accept-Language fields (or lack thereof) as   determining factors while choosing the content for this response.   An origin server might send Vary with a list of fields for two   purposes:   1.  To inform cache recipients that they MUST NOT use this response       to satisfy a later request unless the later request has the same       values for the listed fields as the original request (Section 4.1       of [Caching]).  In other words, Vary expands the cache key       required to match a new request to the stored cache entry.   2.  To inform user agent recipients that this response is subject to       content negotiation (Section 8.4) and that a different       representation might be sent in a subsequent request ifFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 137]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019       additional parameters are provided in the listed header fields       (proactive negotiation).   An origin server SHOULD send a Vary header field when its algorithm   for selecting a representation varies based on aspects of the request   message other than the method and request target, unless the variance   cannot be crossed or the origin server has been deliberately   configured to prevent cache transparency.  For example, there is no   need to send the Authorization field name in Vary because reuse   across users is constrained by the field definition (Section 8.5.3).   Likewise, an origin server might use Cache-Control response   directives (Section 5.2 of [Caching]) to supplant Vary if it   considers the variance less significant than the performance cost of   Vary's impact on caching.10.2.  Validators   Validator header fields convey metadata about the selected   representation (Section 6).  In responses to safe requests, validator   fields describe the selected representation chosen by the origin   server while handling the response.  Note that, depending on the   status code semantics, the selected representation for a given   response is not necessarily the same as the representation enclosed   as response payload.   In a successful response to a state-changing request, validator   fields describe the new representation that has replaced the prior   selected representation as a result of processing the request.   For example, an ETag header field in a 201 (Created) response   communicates the entity-tag of the newly created resource's   representation, so that it can be used in later conditional requests   to prevent the "lost update" problemSection 8.2.   +-------------------+----------------+   | Header Field Name | Defined in...  |   +-------------------+----------------+   | ETag              |Section 10.2.3 |   | Last-Modified     |Section 10.2.2 |   +-------------------+----------------+   This specification defines two forms of metadata that are commonly   used to observe resource state and test for preconditions:   modification dates (Section 10.2.2) and opaque entity tags   (Section 10.2.3).  Additional metadata that reflects resource state   has been defined by various extensions of HTTP, such as WebFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 138]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV, [RFC4918]), that are   beyond the scope of this specification.  A resource metadata value is   referred to as a "validator" when it is used within a precondition.10.2.1.  Weak versus Strong   Validators come in two flavors: strong or weak.  Weak validators are   easy to generate but are far less useful for comparisons.  Strong   validators are ideal for comparisons but can be very difficult (and   occasionally impossible) to generate efficiently.  Rather than impose   that all forms of resource adhere to the same strength of validator,   HTTP exposes the type of validator in use and imposes restrictions on   when weak validators can be used as preconditions.   A "strong validator" is representation metadata that changes value   whenever a change occurs to the representation data that would be   observable in the payload body of a 200 (OK) response to GET.   A strong validator might change for reasons other than a change to   the representation data, such as when a semantically significant part   of the representation metadata is changed (e.g., Content-Type), but   it is in the best interests of the origin server to only change the   value when it is necessary to invalidate the stored responses held by   remote caches and authoring tools.   Cache entries might persist for arbitrarily long periods, regardless   of expiration times.  Thus, a cache might attempt to validate an   entry using a validator that it obtained in the distant past.  A   strong validator is unique across all versions of all representations   associated with a particular resource over time.  However, there is   no implication of uniqueness across representations of different   resources (i.e., the same strong validator might be in use for   representations of multiple resources at the same time and does not   imply that those representations are equivalent).   There are a variety of strong validators used in practice.  The best   are based on strict revision control, wherein each change to a   representation always results in a unique node name and revision   identifier being assigned before the representation is made   accessible to GET.  A collision-resistant hash function applied to   the representation data is also sufficient if the data is available   prior to the response header fields being sent and the digest does   not need to be recalculated every time a validation request is   received.  However, if a resource has distinct representations that   differ only in their metadata, such as might occur with content   negotiation over media types that happen to share the same data   format, then the origin server needs to incorporate additional   information in the validator to distinguish those representations.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 139]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   In contrast, a "weak validator" is representation metadata that might   not change for every change to the representation data.  This   weakness might be due to limitations in how the value is calculated,   such as clock resolution, an inability to ensure uniqueness for all   possible representations of the resource, or a desire of the resource   owner to group representations by some self-determined set of   equivalency rather than unique sequences of data.  An origin server   SHOULD change a weak entity-tag whenever it considers prior   representations to be unacceptable as a substitute for the current   representation.  In other words, a weak entity-tag ought to change   whenever the origin server wants caches to invalidate old responses.   For example, the representation of a weather report that changes in   content every second, based on dynamic measurements, might be grouped   into sets of equivalent representations (from the origin server's   perspective) with the same weak validator in order to allow cached   representations to be valid for a reasonable period of time (perhaps   adjusted dynamically based on server load or weather quality).   Likewise, a representation's modification time, if defined with only   one-second resolution, might be a weak validator if it is possible   for the representation to be modified twice during a single second   and retrieved between those modifications.   Likewise, a validator is weak if it is shared by two or more   representations of a given resource at the same time, unless those   representations have identical representation data.  For example, if   the origin server sends the same validator for a representation with   a gzip content coding applied as it does for a representation with no   content coding, then that validator is weak.  However, two   simultaneous representations might share the same strong validator if   they differ only in the representation metadata, such as when two   different media types are available for the same representation data.   Strong validators are usable for all conditional requests, including   cache validation, partial content ranges, and "lost update"   avoidance.  Weak validators are only usable when the client does not   require exact equality with previously obtained representation data,   such as when validating a cache entry or limiting a web traversal to   recent changes.10.2.2.  Last-Modified   The "Last-Modified" header field in a response provides a timestamp   indicating the date and time at which the origin server believes the   selected representation was last modified, as determined at the   conclusion of handling the request.     Last-Modified = HTTP-dateFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 140]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   An example of its use is     Last-Modified: Tue, 15 Nov 1994 12:45:26 GMT10.2.2.1.  Generation   An origin server SHOULD send Last-Modified for any selected   representation for which a last modification date can be reasonably   and consistently determined, since its use in conditional requests   and evaluating cache freshness ([Caching]) results in a substantial   reduction of HTTP traffic on the Internet and can be a significant   factor in improving service scalability and reliability.   A representation is typically the sum of many parts behind the   resource interface.  The last-modified time would usually be the most   recent time that any of those parts were changed.  How that value is   determined for any given resource is an implementation detail beyond   the scope of this specification.  What matters to HTTP is how   recipients of the Last-Modified header field can use its value to   make conditional requests and test the validity of locally cached   responses.   An origin server SHOULD obtain the Last-Modified value of the   representation as close as possible to the time that it generates the   Date field value for its response.  This allows a recipient to make   an accurate assessment of the representation's modification time,   especially if the representation changes near the time that the   response is generated.   An origin server with a clock MUST NOT send a Last-Modified date that   is later than the server's time of message origination (Date).  If   the last modification time is derived from implementation-specific   metadata that evaluates to some time in the future, according to the   origin server's clock, then the origin server MUST replace that value   with the message origination date.  This prevents a future   modification date from having an adverse impact on cache validation.   An origin server without a clock MUST NOT assign Last-Modified values   to a response unless these values were associated with the resource   by some other system or user with a reliable clock.10.2.2.2.  Comparison   A Last-Modified time, when used as a validator in a request, is   implicitly weak unless it is possible to deduce that it is strong,   using the following rules:Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 141]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   o  The validator is being compared by an origin server to the actual      current validator for the representation and,   o  That origin server reliably knows that the associated      representation did not change twice during the second covered by      the presented validator.   or   o  The validator is about to be used by a client in an If-Modified-      Since, If-Unmodified-Since, or If-Range header field, because the      client has a cache entry for the associated representation, and   o  That cache entry includes a Date value, which gives the time when      the origin server sent the original response, and   o  The presented Last-Modified time is at least 60 seconds before the      Date value.   or   o  The validator is being compared by an intermediate cache to the      validator stored in its cache entry for the representation, and   o  That cache entry includes a Date value, which gives the time when      the origin server sent the original response, and   o  The presented Last-Modified time is at least 60 seconds before the      Date value.   This method relies on the fact that if two different responses were   sent by the origin server during the same second, but both had the   same Last-Modified time, then at least one of those responses would   have a Date value equal to its Last-Modified time.  The arbitrary   60-second limit guards against the possibility that the Date and   Last-Modified values are generated from different clocks or at   somewhat different times during the preparation of the response.  An   implementation MAY use a value larger than 60 seconds, if it is   believed that 60 seconds is too short.10.2.3.  ETag   The "ETag" header field in a response provides the current entity-tag   for the selected representation, as determined at the conclusion of   handling the request.  An entity-tag is an opaque validator for   differentiating between multiple representations of the same   resource, regardless of whether those multiple representations are   due to resource state changes over time, content negotiationFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 142]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   resulting in multiple representations being valid at the same time,   or both.  An entity-tag consists of an opaque quoted string, possibly   prefixed by a weakness indicator.     ETag       = entity-tag     entity-tag = [ weak ] opaque-tag     weak       = %s"W/"     opaque-tag = DQUOTE *etagc DQUOTE     etagc      = %x21 / %x23-7E / obs-text                ; VCHAR except double quotes, plus obs-text      Note: Previously, opaque-tag was defined to be a quoted-string      ([RFC2616], Section 3.11); thus, some recipients might perform      backslash unescaping.  Servers therefore ought to avoid backslash      characters in entity tags.   An entity-tag can be more reliable for validation than a modification   date in situations where it is inconvenient to store modification   dates, where the one-second resolution of HTTP date values is not   sufficient, or where modification dates are not consistently   maintained.   Examples:     ETag: "xyzzy"     ETag: W/"xyzzy"     ETag: ""   An entity-tag can be either a weak or strong validator, with strong   being the default.  If an origin server provides an entity-tag for a   representation and the generation of that entity-tag does not satisfy   all of the characteristics of a strong validator (Section 10.2.1),   then the origin server MUST mark the entity-tag as weak by prefixing   its opaque value with "W/" (case-sensitive).10.2.3.1.  Generation   The principle behind entity-tags is that only the service author   knows the implementation of a resource well enough to select the most   accurate and efficient validation mechanism for that resource, and   that any such mechanism can be mapped to a simple sequence of octets   for easy comparison.  Since the value is opaque, there is no need for   the client to be aware of how each entity-tag is constructed.   For example, a resource that has implementation-specific versioning   applied to all changes might use an internal revision number, perhaps   combined with a variance identifier for content negotiation, toFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 143]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   accurately differentiate between representations.  Other   implementations might use a collision-resistant hash of   representation content, a combination of various file attributes, or   a modification timestamp that has sub-second resolution.   An origin server SHOULD send an ETag for any selected representation   for which detection of changes can be reasonably and consistently   determined, since the entity-tag's use in conditional requests and   evaluating cache freshness ([Caching]) can result in a substantial   reduction of HTTP network traffic and can be a significant factor in   improving service scalability and reliability.10.2.3.2.  Comparison   There are two entity-tag comparison functions, depending on whether   or not the comparison context allows the use of weak validators:   o  Strong comparison: two entity-tags are equivalent if both are not      weak and their opaque-tags match character-by-character.   o  Weak comparison: two entity-tags are equivalent if their opaque-      tags match character-by-character, regardless of either or both      being tagged as "weak".   The example below shows the results for a set of entity-tag pairs and   both the weak and strong comparison function results:   +--------+--------+-------------------+-----------------+   | ETag 1 | ETag 2 | Strong Comparison | Weak Comparison |   +--------+--------+-------------------+-----------------+   | W/"1"  | W/"1"  | no match          | match           |   | W/"1"  | W/"2"  | no match          | no match        |   | W/"1"  | "1"    | no match          | match           |   | "1"    | "1"    | match             | match           |   +--------+--------+-------------------+-----------------+10.2.3.3.  Example: Entity-Tags Varying on Content-Negotiated Resources   Consider a resource that is subject to content negotiation   (Section 6.4), and where the representations sent in response to a   GET request vary based on the Accept-Encoding request header field   (Section 8.4.4):   >> Request:Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 144]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019     GET /index HTTP/1.1     Host: www.example.com     Accept-Encoding: gzip   In this case, the response might or might not use the gzip content   coding.  If it does not, the response might look like:   >> Response:     HTTP/1.1 200 OK     Date: Fri, 26 Mar 2010 00:05:00 GMT     ETag: "123-a"     Content-Length: 70     Vary: Accept-Encoding     Content-Type: text/plain     Hello World!     Hello World!     Hello World!     Hello World!     Hello World!   An alternative representation that does use gzip content coding would   be:   >> Response:     HTTP/1.1 200 OK     Date: Fri, 26 Mar 2010 00:05:00 GMT     ETag: "123-b"     Content-Length: 43     Vary: Accept-Encoding     Content-Type: text/plain     Content-Encoding: gzip     ...binary data...      Note: Content codings are a property of the representation data,      so a strong entity-tag for a content-encoded representation has to      be distinct from the entity tag of an unencoded representation to      prevent potential conflicts during cache updates and range      requests.  In contrast, transfer codings (Section 7 of      [Messaging]) apply only during message transfer and do not result      in distinct entity-tags.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 145]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 201910.2.4.  When to Use Entity-Tags and Last-Modified Dates   In 200 (OK) responses to GET or HEAD, an origin server:   o  SHOULD send an entity-tag validator unless it is not feasible to      generate one.   o  MAY send a weak entity-tag instead of a strong entity-tag, if      performance considerations support the use of weak entity-tags, or      if it is unfeasible to send a strong entity-tag.   o  SHOULD send a Last-Modified value if it is feasible to send one.   In other words, the preferred behavior for an origin server is to   send both a strong entity-tag and a Last-Modified value in successful   responses to a retrieval request.   A client:   o  MUST send that entity-tag in any cache validation request (using      If-Match or If-None-Match) if an entity-tag has been provided by      the origin server.   o  SHOULD send the Last-Modified value in non-subrange cache      validation requests (using If-Modified-Since) if only a Last-      Modified value has been provided by the origin server.   o  MAY send the Last-Modified value in subrange cache validation      requests (using If-Unmodified-Since) if only a Last-Modified value      has been provided by an HTTP/1.0 origin server.  The user agent      SHOULD provide a way to disable this, in case of difficulty.   o  SHOULD send both validators in cache validation requests if both      an entity-tag and a Last-Modified value have been provided by the      origin server.  This allows both HTTP/1.0 and HTTP/1.1 caches to      respond appropriately.10.3.  Authentication Challenges   Authentication challenges indicate what mechanisms are available for   the client to provide authentication credentials in future requests.   +--------------------+----------------+   | Header Field Name  | Defined in...  |   +--------------------+----------------+   | WWW-Authenticate   |Section 10.3.1 |   | Proxy-Authenticate |Section 10.3.2 |   +--------------------+----------------+Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 146]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   Furthermore, the "Authentication-Info" and "Proxy-Authentication-   Info" response header fields are defined for use in authentication   schemes that need to return information once the client's   authentication credentials have been accepted.   +---------------------------+----------------+   | Header Field Name         | Defined in...  |   +---------------------------+----------------+   | Authentication-Info       |Section 10.3.3 |   | Proxy-Authentication-Info |Section 10.3.4 |   +---------------------------+----------------+10.3.1.  WWW-Authenticate   The "WWW-Authenticate" header field indicates the authentication   scheme(s) and parameters applicable to the target resource.     WWW-Authenticate = 1#challenge   A server generating a 401 (Unauthorized) response MUST send a WWW-   Authenticate header field containing at least one challenge.  A   server MAY generate a WWW-Authenticate header field in other response   messages to indicate that supplying credentials (or different   credentials) might affect the response.   A proxy forwarding a response MUST NOT modify any WWW-Authenticate   fields in that response.   User agents are advised to take special care in parsing the field   value, as it might contain more than one challenge, and each   challenge can contain a comma-separated list of authentication   parameters.  Furthermore, the header field itself can occur multiple   times.   For instance:     WWW-Authenticate: Newauth realm="apps", type=1,                       title="Login to \"apps\"", Basic realm="simple"   This header field contains two challenges; one for the "Newauth"   scheme with a realm value of "apps", and two additional parameters   "type" and "title", and another one for the "Basic" scheme with a   realm value of "simple".      Note: The challenge grammar production uses the list syntax as      well.  Therefore, a sequence of comma, whitespace, and comma can      be considered either as applying to the preceding challenge, or to      be an empty entry in the list of challenges.  In practice, thisFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 147]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019      ambiguity does not affect the semantics of the header field value      and thus is harmless.10.3.2.  Proxy-Authenticate   The "Proxy-Authenticate" header field consists of at least one   challenge that indicates the authentication scheme(s) and parameters   applicable to the proxy for this effective request URI (Section 5.3).   A proxy MUST send at least one Proxy-Authenticate header field in   each 407 (Proxy Authentication Required) response that it generates.     Proxy-Authenticate = 1#challenge   Unlike WWW-Authenticate, the Proxy-Authenticate header field applies   only to the next outbound client on the response chain.  This is   because only the client that chose a given proxy is likely to have   the credentials necessary for authentication.  However, when multiple   proxies are used within the same administrative domain, such as   office and regional caching proxies within a large corporate network,   it is common for credentials to be generated by the user agent and   passed through the hierarchy until consumed.  Hence, in such a   configuration, it will appear as if Proxy-Authenticate is being   forwarded because each proxy will send the same challenge set.   Note that the parsing considerations for WWW-Authenticate apply to   this header field as well; seeSection 10.3.1 for details.10.3.3.  Authentication-Info   HTTP authentication schemes can use the Authentication-Info response   header field to communicate information after the client's   authentication credentials have been accepted.  This information can   include a finalization message from the server (e.g., it can contain   the server authentication).   The field value is a list of parameters (name/value pairs), using the   "auth-param" syntax defined inSection 8.5.1.  This specification   only describes the generic format; authentication schemes using   Authentication-Info will define the individual parameters.  The   "Digest" Authentication Scheme, for instance, defines multiple   parameters inSection 3.5 of [RFC7616].     Authentication-Info = #auth-param   The Authentication-Info header field can be used in any HTTP   response, independently of request method and status code.  Its   semantics are defined by the authentication scheme indicated by theFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 148]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   Authorization header field (Section 8.5.3) of the corresponding   request.   A proxy forwarding a response is not allowed to modify the field   value in any way.   Authentication-Info can be used inside trailers (Section 7.1.2 of   [Messaging]) when the authentication scheme explicitly allows this.10.3.3.1.  Parameter Value Format   Parameter values can be expressed either as "token" or as "quoted-   string" (Section 4.2.3).   Authentication scheme definitions need to allow both notations, both   for senders and recipients.  This allows recipients to use generic   parsing components, independent of the authentication scheme in use.   For backwards compatibility, authentication scheme definitions can   restrict the format for senders to one of the two variants.  This can   be important when it is known that deployed implementations will fail   when encountering one of the two formats.10.3.4.  Proxy-Authentication-Info   The Proxy-Authentication-Info response header field is equivalent to   Authentication-Info, except that it applies to proxy authentication   (Section 8.5.1) and its semantics are defined by the authentication   scheme indicated by the Proxy-Authorization header field   (Section 8.5.4) of the corresponding request:     Proxy-Authentication-Info = #auth-param   However, unlike Authentication-Info, the Proxy-Authentication-Info   header field applies only to the next outbound client on the response   chain.  This is because only the client that chose a given proxy is   likely to have the credentials necessary for authentication.   However, when multiple proxies are used within the same   administrative domain, such as office and regional caching proxies   within a large corporate network, it is common for credentials to be   generated by the user agent and passed through the hierarchy until   consumed.  Hence, in such a configuration, it will appear as if   Proxy-Authentication-Info is being forwarded because each proxy will   send the same field value.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 149]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 201910.4.  Response Context   The remaining response header fields provide more information about   the target resource for potential use in later requests.   +-------------------+----------------+   | Header Field Name | Defined in...  |   +-------------------+----------------+   | Accept-Ranges     |Section 10.4.1 |   | Allow             |Section 10.4.2 |   | Server            |Section 10.4.3 |   +-------------------+----------------+10.4.1.  Accept-Ranges   The "Accept-Ranges" header field allows a server to indicate that it   supports range requests for the target resource.     Accept-Ranges     = acceptable-ranges     acceptable-ranges = 1#range-unit / "none"   An origin server that supports byte-range requests for a given target   resource MAY send     Accept-Ranges: bytes   to indicate what range units are supported.  A client MAY generate   range requests without having received this header field for the   resource involved.  Range units are defined inSection 6.1.4.   A server that does not support any kind of range request for the   target resource MAY send     Accept-Ranges: none   to advise the client not to attempt a range request.10.4.2.  Allow   The "Allow" header field lists the set of methods advertised as   supported by the target resource.  The purpose of this field is   strictly to inform the recipient of valid request methods associated   with the resource.     Allow = #method   Example of use:Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 150]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019     Allow: GET, HEAD, PUT   The actual set of allowed methods is defined by the origin server at   the time of each request.  An origin server MUST generate an Allow   field in a 405 (Method Not Allowed) response and MAY do so in any   other response.  An empty Allow field value indicates that the   resource allows no methods, which might occur in a 405 response if   the resource has been temporarily disabled by configuration.   A proxy MUST NOT modify the Allow header field -- it does not need to   understand all of the indicated methods in order to handle them   according to the generic message handling rules.10.4.3.  Server   The "Server" header field contains information about the software   used by the origin server to handle the request, which is often used   by clients to help identify the scope of reported interoperability   problems, to work around or tailor requests to avoid particular   server limitations, and for analytics regarding server or operating   system use.  An origin server MAY generate a Server field in its   responses.     Server = product *( RWS ( product / comment ) )   The Server field-value consists of one or more product identifiers,   each followed by zero or more comments (Section 5 of [Messaging]),   which together identify the origin server software and its   significant subproducts.  By convention, the product identifiers are   listed in decreasing order of their significance for identifying the   origin server software.  Each product identifier consists of a name   and optional version, as defined inSection 8.6.3.   Example:     Server: CERN/3.0 libwww/2.17   An origin server SHOULD NOT generate a Server field containing   needlessly fine-grained detail and SHOULD limit the addition of   subproducts by third parties.  Overly long and detailed Server field   values increase response latency and potentially reveal internal   implementation details that might make it (slightly) easier for   attackers to find and exploit known security holes.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 151]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 201911.  ABNF List Extension: #rule   A #rule extension to the ABNF rules of [RFC5234] is used to improve   readability in the definitions of some header field values.   A construct "#" is defined, similar to "*", for defining comma-   delimited lists of elements.  The full form is "<n>#<m>element"   indicating at least <n> and at most <m> elements, each separated by a   single comma (",") and optional whitespace (OWS).11.1.  Sender Requirements   In any production that uses the list construct, a sender MUST NOT   generate empty list elements.  In other words, a sender MUST generate   lists that satisfy the following syntax:     1#element => element *( OWS "," OWS element )   and:     #element => [ 1#element ]   and for n >= 1 and m > 1:     <n>#<m>element => element <n-1>*<m-1>( OWS "," OWS element )11.2.  Recipient Requirements   Empty elements do not contribute to the count of elements present.  A   recipient MUST parse and ignore a reasonable number of empty list   elements: enough to handle common mistakes by senders that merge   values, but not so much that they could be used as a denial-of-   service mechanism.  In other words, a recipient MUST accept lists   that satisfy the following syntax:     #element => [ element ] *( OWS "," OWS [ element ] )   Note that because of the potential presence of empty list elements,   theRFC 5234 ABNF cannot enforce the cardinality of list elements,   and consequently all cases are mapped is if there was no cardinality   specified.   For example, given these ABNF productions:     example-list      = 1#example-list-elmt     example-list-elmt = token ; seeSection 4.2.3Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 152]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   Then the following are valid values for example-list (not including   the double quotes, which are present for delimitation only):     "foo,bar"     "foo ,bar,"     "foo , ,bar,charlie"   In contrast, the following values would be invalid, since at least   one non-empty element is required by the example-list production:     ""     ","     ",   ,"Appendix A shows the collected ABNF for recipients after the list   constructs have been expanded.12.  Security Considerations   This section is meant to inform developers, information providers,   and users of known security concerns relevant to HTTP semantics and   its use for transferring information over the Internet.   Considerations related to message syntax, parsing, and routing are   discussed in Section 11 of [Messaging].   The list of considerations below is not exhaustive.  Most security   concerns related to HTTP semantics are about securing server-side   applications (code behind the HTTP interface), securing user agent   processing of payloads received via HTTP, or secure use of the   Internet in general, rather than security of the protocol.  Various   organizations maintain topical information and links to current   research on Web application security (e.g., [OWASP]).12.1.  Establishing Authority   HTTP relies on the notion of an authoritative response: a response   that has been determined by (or at the direction of) the authority   identified within the target URI to be the most appropriate response   for that request given the state of the target resource at the time   of response message origination.  Providing a response from a non-   authoritative source, such as a shared cache, is often useful to   improve performance and availability, but only to the extent that the   source can be trusted or the distrusted response can be safely used.   Unfortunately, establishing authority can be difficult.  For example,   phishing is an attack on the user's perception of authority, where   that perception can be misled by presenting similar branding in   hypertext, possibly aided by userinfo obfuscating the authorityFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 153]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   component (seeSection 2.5.1).  User agents can reduce the impact of   phishing attacks by enabling users to easily inspect a target URI   prior to making an action, by prominently distinguishing (or   rejecting) userinfo when present, and by not sending stored   credentials and cookies when the referring document is from an   unknown or untrusted source.   When a registered name is used in the authority component, the "http"   URI scheme (Section 2.5.1) relies on the user's local name resolution   service to determine where it can find authoritative responses.  This   means that any attack on a user's network host table, cached names,   or name resolution libraries becomes an avenue for attack on   establishing authority.  Likewise, the user's choice of server for   Domain Name Service (DNS), and the hierarchy of servers from which it   obtains resolution results, could impact the authenticity of address   mappings; DNS Security Extensions (DNSSEC, [RFC4033]) are one way to   improve authenticity.   Furthermore, after an IP address is obtained, establishing authority   for an "http" URI is vulnerable to attacks on Internet Protocol   routing.   The "https" scheme (Section 2.5.2) is intended to prevent (or at   least reveal) many of these potential attacks on establishing   authority, provided that the negotiated TLS connection is secured and   the client properly verifies that the communicating server's identity   matches the target URI's authority component (see [RFC2818]).   Correctly implementing such verification can be difficult (see   [Georgiev]).12.2.  Risks of Intermediaries   By their very nature, HTTP intermediaries are men-in-the-middle and,   thus, represent an opportunity for man-in-the-middle attacks.   Compromise of the systems on which the intermediaries run can result   in serious security and privacy problems.  Intermediaries might have   access to security-related information, personal information about   individual users and organizations, and proprietary information   belonging to users and content providers.  A compromised   intermediary, or an intermediary implemented or configured without   regard to security and privacy considerations, might be used in the   commission of a wide range of potential attacks.   Intermediaries that contain a shared cache are especially vulnerable   to cache poisoning attacks, as described in Section 7 of [Caching].   Implementers need to consider the privacy and security implications   of their design and coding decisions, and of the configurationFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 154]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   options they provide to operators (especially the default   configuration).   Users need to be aware that intermediaries are no more trustworthy   than the people who run them; HTTP itself cannot solve this problem.12.3.  Attacks Based on File and Path Names   Origin servers frequently make use of their local file system to   manage the mapping from effective request URI to resource   representations.  Most file systems are not designed to protect   against malicious file or path names.  Therefore, an origin server   needs to avoid accessing names that have a special significance to   the system when mapping the request target to files, folders, or   directories.   For example, UNIX, Microsoft Windows, and other operating systems use   ".." as a path component to indicate a directory level above the   current one, and they use specially named paths or file names to send   data to system devices.  Similar naming conventions might exist   within other types of storage systems.  Likewise, local storage   systems have an annoying tendency to prefer user-friendliness over   security when handling invalid or unexpected characters,   recomposition of decomposed characters, and case-normalization of   case-insensitive names.   Attacks based on such special names tend to focus on either denial-   of-service (e.g., telling the server to read from a COM port) or   disclosure of configuration and source files that are not meant to be   served.12.4.  Attacks Based on Command, Code, or Query Injection   Origin servers often use parameters within the URI as a means of   identifying system services, selecting database entries, or choosing   a data source.  However, data received in a request cannot be   trusted.  An attacker could construct any of the request data   elements (method, request-target, header fields, or body) to contain   data that might be misinterpreted as a command, code, or query when   passed through a command invocation, language interpreter, or   database interface.   For example, SQL injection is a common attack wherein additional   query language is inserted within some part of the request-target or   header fields (e.g., Host, Referer, etc.).  If the received data is   used directly within a SELECT statement, the query language might be   interpreted as a database command instead of a simple string value.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 155]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   This type of implementation vulnerability is extremely common, in   spite of being easy to prevent.   In general, resource implementations ought to avoid use of request   data in contexts that are processed or interpreted as instructions.   Parameters ought to be compared to fixed strings and acted upon as a   result of that comparison, rather than passed through an interface   that is not prepared for untrusted data.  Received data that isn't   based on fixed parameters ought to be carefully filtered or encoded   to avoid being misinterpreted.   Similar considerations apply to request data when it is stored and   later processed, such as within log files, monitoring tools, or when   included within a data format that allows embedded scripts.12.5.  Attacks via Protocol Element Length   Because HTTP uses mostly textual, character-delimited fields, parsers   are often vulnerable to attacks based on sending very long (or very   slow) streams of data, particularly where an implementation is   expecting a protocol element with no predefined length (Section 3.3).   To promote interoperability, specific recommendations are made for   minimum size limits on request-line (Section 3 of [Messaging]) and   header fields (Section 5 of [Messaging]).  These are minimum   recommendations, chosen to be supportable even by implementations   with limited resources; it is expected that most implementations will   choose substantially higher limits.   A server can reject a message that has a request-target that is too   long (Section 9.5.15) or a request payload that is too large   (Section 9.5.14).  Additional status codes related to capacity limits   have been defined by extensions to HTTP [RFC6585].   Recipients ought to carefully limit the extent to which they process   other protocol elements, including (but not limited to) request   methods, response status phrases, header field-names, numeric values,   and body chunks.  Failure to limit such processing can result in   buffer overflows, arithmetic overflows, or increased vulnerability to   denial-of-service attacks.12.6.  Disclosure of Personal Information   Clients are often privy to large amounts of personal information,   including both information provided by the user to interact with   resources (e.g., the user's name, location, mail address, passwords,   encryption keys, etc.) and information about the user's browsingFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 156]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   activity over time (e.g., history, bookmarks, etc.).  Implementations   need to prevent unintentional disclosure of personal information.12.7.  Privacy of Server Log Information   A server is in the position to save personal data about a user's   requests over time, which might identify their reading patterns or   subjects of interest.  In particular, log information gathered at an   intermediary often contains a history of user agent interaction,   across a multitude of sites, that can be traced to individual users.   HTTP log information is confidential in nature; its handling is often   constrained by laws and regulations.  Log information needs to be   securely stored and appropriate guidelines followed for its analysis.   Anonymization of personal information within individual entries   helps, but it is generally not sufficient to prevent real log traces   from being re-identified based on correlation with other access   characteristics.  As such, access traces that are keyed to a specific   client are unsafe to publish even if the key is pseudonymous.   To minimize the risk of theft or accidental publication, log   information ought to be purged of personally identifiable   information, including user identifiers, IP addresses, and user-   provided query parameters, as soon as that information is no longer   necessary to support operational needs for security, auditing, or   fraud control.12.8.  Disclosure of Sensitive Information in URIs   URIs are intended to be shared, not secured, even when they identify   secure resources.  URIs are often shown on displays, added to   templates when a page is printed, and stored in a variety of   unprotected bookmark lists.  It is therefore unwise to include   information within a URI that is sensitive, personally identifiable,   or a risk to disclose.   Authors of services ought to avoid GET-based forms for the submission   of sensitive data because that data will be placed in the request-   target.  Many existing servers, proxies, and user agents log or   display the request-target in places where it might be visible to   third parties.  Such services ought to use POST-based form submission   instead.   Since the Referer header field tells a target site about the context   that resulted in a request, it has the potential to reveal   information about the user's immediate browsing history and any   personal information that might be found in the referring resource'sFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 157]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   URI.  Limitations on the Referer header field are described inSection 8.6.2 to address some of its security considerations.12.9.  Disclosure of Fragment after Redirects   Although fragment identifiers used within URI references are not sent   in requests, implementers ought to be aware that they will be visible   to the user agent and any extensions or scripts running as a result   of the response.  In particular, when a redirect occurs and the   original request's fragment identifier is inherited by the new   reference in Location (Section 10.1.2), this might have the effect of   disclosing one site's fragment to another site.  If the first site   uses personal information in fragments, it ought to ensure that   redirects to other sites include a (possibly empty) fragment   component in order to block that inheritance.12.10.  Disclosure of Product Information   The User-Agent (Section 8.6.3), Via (Section 5.5.1), and Server   (Section 10.4.3) header fields often reveal information about the   respective sender's software systems.  In theory, this can make it   easier for an attacker to exploit known security holes; in practice,   attackers tend to try all potential holes regardless of the apparent   software versions being used.   Proxies that serve as a portal through a network firewall ought to   take special precautions regarding the transfer of header information   that might identify hosts behind the firewall.  The Via header field   allows intermediaries to replace sensitive machine names with   pseudonyms.12.11.  Browser Fingerprinting   Browser fingerprinting is a set of techniques for identifying a   specific user agent over time through its unique set of   characteristics.  These characteristics might include information   related to its TCP behavior, feature capabilities, and scripting   environment, though of particular interest here is the set of unique   characteristics that might be communicated via HTTP.  Fingerprinting   is considered a privacy concern because it enables tracking of a user   agent's behavior over time without the corresponding controls that   the user might have over other forms of data collection (e.g.,   cookies).  Many general-purpose user agents (i.e., Web browsers) have   taken steps to reduce their fingerprints.   There are a number of request header fields that might reveal   information to servers that is sufficiently unique to enable   fingerprinting.  The From header field is the most obvious, though itFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 158]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   is expected that From will only be sent when self-identification is   desired by the user.  Likewise, Cookie header fields are deliberately   designed to enable re-identification, so fingerprinting concerns only   apply to situations where cookies are disabled or restricted by the   user agent's configuration.   The User-Agent header field might contain enough information to   uniquely identify a specific device, usually when combined with other   characteristics, particularly if the user agent sends excessive   details about the user's system or extensions.  However, the source   of unique information that is least expected by users is proactive   negotiation (Section 8.4), including the Accept, Accept-Charset,   Accept-Encoding, and Accept-Language header fields.   In addition to the fingerprinting concern, detailed use of the   Accept-Language header field can reveal information the user might   consider to be of a private nature.  For example, understanding a   given language set might be strongly correlated to membership in a   particular ethnic group.  An approach that limits such loss of   privacy would be for a user agent to omit the sending of Accept-   Language except for sites that have been whitelisted, perhaps via   interaction after detecting a Vary header field that indicates   language negotiation might be useful.   In environments where proxies are used to enhance privacy, user   agents ought to be conservative in sending proactive negotiation   header fields.  General-purpose user agents that provide a high   degree of header field configurability ought to inform users about   the loss of privacy that might result if too much detail is provided.   As an extreme privacy measure, proxies could filter the proactive   negotiation header fields in relayed requests.12.12.  Validator Retention   The validators defined by this specification are not intended to   ensure the validity of a representation, guard against malicious   changes, or detect man-in-the-middle attacks.  At best, they enable   more efficient cache updates and optimistic concurrent writes when   all participants are behaving nicely.  At worst, the conditions will   fail and the client will receive a response that is no more harmful   than an HTTP exchange without conditional requests.   An entity-tag can be abused in ways that create privacy risks.  For   example, a site might deliberately construct a semantically invalid   entity-tag that is unique to the user or user agent, send it in a   cacheable response with a long freshness time, and then read that   entity-tag in later conditional requests as a means of re-identifying   that user or user agent.  Such an identifying tag would become aFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 159]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   persistent identifier for as long as the user agent retained the   original cache entry.  User agents that cache representations ought   to ensure that the cache is cleared or replaced whenever the user   performs privacy-maintaining actions, such as clearing stored cookies   or changing to a private browsing mode.12.13.  Denial-of-Service Attacks Using Range   Unconstrained multiple range requests are susceptible to denial-of-   service attacks because the effort required to request many   overlapping ranges of the same data is tiny compared to the time,   memory, and bandwidth consumed by attempting to serve the requested   data in many parts.  Servers ought to ignore, coalesce, or reject   egregious range requests, such as requests for more than two   overlapping ranges or for many small ranges in a single set,   particularly when the ranges are requested out of order for no   apparent reason.  Multipart range requests are not designed to   support random access.12.14.  Authentication Considerations   Everything about the topic of HTTP authentication is a security   consideration, so the list of considerations below is not exhaustive.   Furthermore, it is limited to security considerations regarding the   authentication framework, in general, rather than discussing all of   the potential considerations for specific authentication schemes   (which ought to be documented in the specifications that define those   schemes).  Various organizations maintain topical information and   links to current research on Web application security (e.g.,   [OWASP]), including common pitfalls for implementing and using the   authentication schemes found in practice.12.14.1.  Confidentiality of Credentials   The HTTP authentication framework does not define a single mechanism   for maintaining the confidentiality of credentials; instead, each   authentication scheme defines how the credentials are encoded prior   to transmission.  While this provides flexibility for the development   of future authentication schemes, it is inadequate for the protection   of existing schemes that provide no confidentiality on their own, or   that do not sufficiently protect against replay attacks.   Furthermore, if the server expects credentials that are specific to   each individual user, the exchange of those credentials will have the   effect of identifying that user even if the content within   credentials remains confidential.   HTTP depends on the security properties of the underlying transport-   or session-level connection to provide confidential transmission ofFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 160]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   header fields.  In other words, if a server limits access to   authenticated users using this framework, the server needs to ensure   that the connection is properly secured in accordance with the nature   of the authentication scheme used.  For example, services that depend   on individual user authentication often require a connection to be   secured with TLS ("Transport Layer Security", [RFC5246]) prior to   exchanging any credentials.12.14.2.  Credentials and Idle Clients   Existing HTTP clients and user agents typically retain authentication   information indefinitely.  HTTP does not provide a mechanism for the   origin server to direct clients to discard these cached credentials,   since the protocol has no awareness of how credentials are obtained   or managed by the user agent.  The mechanisms for expiring or   revoking credentials can be specified as part of an authentication   scheme definition.   Circumstances under which credential caching can interfere with the   application's security model include but are not limited to:   o  Clients that have been idle for an extended period, following      which the server might wish to cause the client to re-prompt the      user for credentials.   o  Applications that include a session termination indication (such      as a "logout" or "commit" button on a page) after which the server      side of the application "knows" that there is no further reason      for the client to retain the credentials.   User agents that cache credentials are encouraged to provide a   readily accessible mechanism for discarding cached credentials under   user control.12.14.3.  Protection Spaces   Authentication schemes that solely rely on the "realm" mechanism for   establishing a protection space will expose credentials to all   resources on an origin server.  Clients that have successfully made   authenticated requests with a resource can use the same   authentication credentials for other resources on the same origin   server.  This makes it possible for a different resource to harvest   authentication credentials for other resources.   This is of particular concern when an origin server hosts resources   for multiple parties under the same canonical root URI   (Section 8.5.2).  Possible mitigation strategies include restricting   direct access to authentication credentials (i.e., not making theFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 161]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   content of the Authorization request header field available), and   separating protection spaces by using a different host name (or port   number) for each party.12.14.4.  Additional Response Header Fields   Adding information to responses that are sent over an unencrypted   channel can affect security and privacy.  The presence of the   Authentication-Info and Proxy-Authentication-Info header fields alone   indicates that HTTP authentication is in use.  Additional information   could be exposed by the contents of the authentication-scheme   specific parameters; this will have to be considered in the   definitions of these schemes.13.  IANA Considerations   The change controller for the following registrations is: "IETF   (iesg@ietf.org) - Internet Engineering Task Force".13.1.  URI Scheme Registration   Please update the registry of URI Schemes [BCP35] at   <https://www.iana.org/assignments/uri-schemes/> with the permanent   schemes listed in the first table ofSection 2.5.13.2.  Method Registration   Please update the "Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) Method   Registry" at <https://www.iana.org/assignments/http-methods> with the   registration procedure ofSection 7.4.1 and the method names   summarized in the table ofSection 7.2.13.3.  Status Code Registration   Please update the "Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) Status Code   Registry" at <https://www.iana.org/assignments/http-status-codes>   with the registration procedure ofSection 9.7.1 and the status code   values summarized in the table ofSection 9.1.   Additionally, please update the following entry in the Hypertext   Transfer Protocol (HTTP) Status Code Registry:   Value:  418   Description:  (Unused)   ReferenceSection 9.5.19Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 162]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 201913.4.  Header Field Registration   Please create a new registry as outlined inSection 4.1.1.   After creating the registry, all entries in the Permanent and   Provisional Message Header Registries with the protocol 'http' are to   be moved to it, with the following changes applied:   1.  The 'Applicable Protocol' field is to be omitted.   2.  Entries with a status of 'standard', 'experimental', or       'informational' are to have a status of 'permanent'.   3.  Provisional entries without a status are to have a status of       'provisional'.   4.  Permanent entries without a status (after confirmation that the       registration document did not define one) will have a status of       'provisional'.  The Expert(s) can choose to update their status       if there is evidence that another is more appropriate.   Please annotate the Permanent and Provisional Message Header   registries to indicate that HTTP header field registrations have   moved, with an appropriate link.   After that is complete, please update the new registry with the   header field names listed in the table ofSection 4.1.   Finally, please update the "Content-MD5" entry in the new registry to   have a status of 'obsoleted' with references toSection 14.15 of   [RFC2616] (for the definition of the header field) andAppendix B of   [RFC7231] (which removed the field definition from the updated   specification).13.5.  Authentication Scheme Registration   Please update the "Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) Authentication   Scheme Registry" at <https://www.iana.org/assignments/http-authschemes> with the registration procedure ofSection 8.5.5.1.  No   authentication schemes are defined in this document.13.6.  Content Coding Registration   Please update the "HTTP Content Coding Registry" at   <https://www.iana.org/assignments/http-parameters/> with the   registration procedure ofSection 6.1.2.4.1 and the content coding   names summarized in the table ofSection 6.1.2.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 163]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 201913.7.  Range Unit Registration   Please update the "HTTP Range Unit Registry" at   <https://www.iana.org/assignments/http-parameters/> with the   registration procedure ofSection 6.1.4.3 and the range unit names   summarized in the table ofSection 6.1.4.13.8.  Media Type Registration   Please update the "Media Types" registry at   <https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types> with the registration   information inSection 6.3.4 for the media type "multipart/   byteranges".14.  References14.1.  Normative References   [Caching]  Fielding, R., Ed., Nottingham, M., Ed., and J. Reschke,              Ed., "HTTP Caching",draft-ietf-httpbis-cache-05 (work in              progress), July 2019.   [Messaging]              Fielding, R., Ed., Nottingham, M., Ed., and J. Reschke,              Ed., "HTTP/1.1 Messaging",draft-ietf-httpbis-messaging-05              (work in progress), July 2019.   [RFC0793]  Postel, J., "Transmission Control Protocol", STD 7,RFC 793, DOI 10.17487/RFC0793, September 1981,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc793>.   [RFC1950]  Deutsch, L. and J-L. Gailly, "ZLIB Compressed Data Format              Specification version 3.3",RFC 1950,              DOI 10.17487/RFC1950, May 1996,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc1950>.   [RFC1951]  Deutsch, P., "DEFLATE Compressed Data Format Specification              version 1.3",RFC 1951, DOI 10.17487/RFC1951, May 1996,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc1951>.   [RFC1952]  Deutsch, P., Gailly, J-L., Adler, M., Deutsch, L., and G.              Randers-Pehrson, "GZIP file format specification version              4.3",RFC 1952, DOI 10.17487/RFC1952, May 1996,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc1952>.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 164]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   [RFC2045]  Freed, N. and N. Borenstein, "Multipurpose Internet Mail              Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet Message              Bodies",RFC 2045, DOI 10.17487/RFC2045, November 1996,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2045>.   [RFC2046]  Freed, N. and N. Borenstein, "Multipurpose Internet Mail              Extensions (MIME) Part Two: Media Types",RFC 2046,              DOI 10.17487/RFC2046, November 1996,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2046>.   [RFC2119]  Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate              Requirement Levels",BCP 14,RFC 2119,              DOI 10.17487/RFC2119, March 1997,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2119>.   [RFC3986]  Berners-Lee, T., Fielding, R., and L. Masinter, "Uniform              Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax", STD 66,RFC 3986, DOI 10.17487/RFC3986, January 2005,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc3986>.   [RFC4647]  Phillips, A., Ed. and M. Davis, Ed., "Matching of Language              Tags",BCP 47,RFC 4647, DOI 10.17487/RFC4647, September              2006, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4647>.   [RFC4648]  Josefsson, S., "The Base16, Base32, and Base64 Data              Encodings",RFC 4648, DOI 10.17487/RFC4648, October 2006,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4648>.   [RFC5234]  Crocker, D., Ed. and P. Overell, "Augmented BNF for Syntax              Specifications: ABNF", STD 68,RFC 5234,              DOI 10.17487/RFC5234, January 2008,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc5234>.   [RFC5646]  Phillips, A., Ed. and M. Davis, Ed., "Tags for Identifying              Languages",BCP 47,RFC 5646, DOI 10.17487/RFC5646,              September 2009, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc5646>.   [RFC6365]  Hoffman, P. and J. Klensin, "Terminology Used in              Internationalization in the IETF",BCP 166,RFC 6365,              DOI 10.17487/RFC6365, September 2011,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc6365>.   [RFC7405]  Kyzivat, P., "Case-Sensitive String Support in ABNF",RFC 7405, DOI 10.17487/RFC7405, December 2014,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7405>.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 165]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   [USASCII]  American National Standards Institute, "Coded Character              Set -- 7-bit American Standard Code for Information              Interchange", ANSI X3.4, 1986.   [Welch]    Welch, T., "A Technique for High-Performance Data              Compression", IEEE Computer 17(6),              DOI 10.1109/MC.1984.1659158, June 1984,              <https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/1659158/>.14.2.  Informative References   [BCP13]    Freed, N., Klensin, J., and T. Hansen, "Media Type              Specifications and Registration Procedures",BCP 13,RFC 6838, January 2013,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/bcp13>.   [BCP178]   Saint-Andre, P., Crocker, D., and M. Nottingham,              "Deprecating the "X-" Prefix and Similar Constructs in              Application Protocols",BCP 178,RFC 6648, June 2012,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/bcp178>.   [BCP35]    Thaler, D., Ed., Hansen, T., and T. Hardie, "Guidelines              and Registration Procedures for URI Schemes",BCP 35,RFC 7595, June 2015,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/bcp35>.   [BCP90]    Klyne, G., Nottingham, M., and J. Mogul, "Registration              Procedures for Message Header Fields",BCP 90,RFC 3864,              September 2004, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/bcp90>.   [Err1912]  RFC Errata, Erratum ID 1912,RFC 2978,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid1912>.   [Err5433]  RFC Errata, Erratum ID 5433,RFC 2978,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid5433>.   [Georgiev]              Georgiev, M., Iyengar, S., Jana, S., Anubhai, R., Boneh,              D., and V. Shmatikov, "The Most Dangerous Code in the              World: Validating SSL Certificates in Non-browser              Software", In Proceedings of the 2012 ACM Conference on              Computer and Communications Security (CCS '12), pp. 38-49,              October 2012,              <http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/2382196.2382204>.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 166]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   [ISO-8859-1]              International Organization for Standardization,              "Information technology -- 8-bit single-byte coded graphic              character sets -- Part 1: Latin alphabet No. 1", ISO/              IEC 8859-1:1998, 1998.   [Kri2001]  Kristol, D., "HTTP Cookies: Standards, Privacy, and              Politics", ACM Transactions on Internet Technology 1(2),              November 2001, <http://arxiv.org/abs/cs.SE/0105018>.   [OWASP]    van der Stock, A., Ed., "A Guide to Building Secure Web              Applications and Web Services", The Open Web Application              Security Project (OWASP) 2.0.1, July 2005,              <https://www.owasp.org/>.   [REST]     Fielding, R., "Architectural Styles and the Design of              Network-based Software Architectures",              Doctoral Dissertation, University of California, Irvine,              September 2000,              <https://roy.gbiv.com/pubs/dissertation/top.htm>.   [RFC1919]  Chatel, M., "Classical versus Transparent IP Proxies",RFC 1919, DOI 10.17487/RFC1919, March 1996,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc1919>.   [RFC1945]  Berners-Lee, T., Fielding, R., and H. Nielsen, "Hypertext              Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.0",RFC 1945,              DOI 10.17487/RFC1945, May 1996,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc1945>.   [RFC2047]  Moore, K., "MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions)              Part Three: Message Header Extensions for Non-ASCII Text",RFC 2047, DOI 10.17487/RFC2047, November 1996,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2047>.   [RFC2068]  Fielding, R., Gettys, J., Mogul, J., Nielsen, H., and T.              Berners-Lee, "Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1",RFC 2068, DOI 10.17487/RFC2068, January 1997,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2068>.   [RFC2145]  Mogul, J., Fielding, R., Gettys, J., and H. Nielsen, "Use              and Interpretation of HTTP Version Numbers",RFC 2145,              DOI 10.17487/RFC2145, May 1997,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2145>.   [RFC2295]  Holtman, K. and A. Mutz, "Transparent Content Negotiation              in HTTP",RFC 2295, DOI 10.17487/RFC2295, March 1998,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2295>.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 167]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   [RFC2324]  Masinter, L., "Hyper Text Coffee Pot Control Protocol              (HTCPCP/1.0)",RFC 2324, DOI 10.17487/RFC2324, April 1998,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2324>.   [RFC2557]  Palme, F., Hopmann, A., Shelness, N., and E. Stefferud,              "MIME Encapsulation of Aggregate Documents, such as HTML              (MHTML)",RFC 2557, DOI 10.17487/RFC2557, March 1999,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2557>.   [RFC2616]  Fielding, R., Gettys, J., Mogul, J., Frystyk, H.,              Masinter, L., Leach, P., and T. Berners-Lee, "Hypertext              Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1",RFC 2616,              DOI 10.17487/RFC2616, June 1999,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2616>.   [RFC2617]  Franks, J., Hallam-Baker, P., Hostetler, J., Lawrence, S.,              Leach, P., Luotonen, A., and L. Stewart, "HTTP              Authentication: Basic and Digest Access Authentication",RFC 2617, DOI 10.17487/RFC2617, June 1999,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2617>.   [RFC2774]  Frystyk, H., Leach, P., and S. Lawrence, "An HTTP              Extension Framework",RFC 2774, DOI 10.17487/RFC2774,              February 2000, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2774>.   [RFC2818]  Rescorla, E., "HTTP Over TLS",RFC 2818,              DOI 10.17487/RFC2818, May 2000,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2818>.   [RFC2978]  Freed, N. and J. Postel, "IANA Charset Registration              Procedures",BCP 19,RFC 2978, DOI 10.17487/RFC2978,              October 2000, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2978>.   [RFC3040]  Cooper, I., Melve, I., and G. Tomlinson, "Internet Web              Replication and Caching Taxonomy",RFC 3040,              DOI 10.17487/RFC3040, January 2001,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc3040>.   [RFC4033]  Arends, R., Austein, R., Larson, M., Massey, D., and S.              Rose, "DNS Security Introduction and Requirements",RFC 4033, DOI 10.17487/RFC4033, March 2005,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4033>.   [RFC4559]  Jaganathan, K., Zhu, L., and J. Brezak, "SPNEGO-based              Kerberos and NTLM HTTP Authentication in Microsoft              Windows",RFC 4559, DOI 10.17487/RFC4559, June 2006,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4559>.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 168]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   [RFC4918]  Dusseault, L., Ed., "HTTP Extensions for Web Distributed              Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV)",RFC 4918,              DOI 10.17487/RFC4918, June 2007,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4918>.   [RFC5246]  Dierks, T. and E. Rescorla, "The Transport Layer Security              (TLS) Protocol Version 1.2",RFC 5246,              DOI 10.17487/RFC5246, August 2008,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc5246>.   [RFC5322]  Resnick, P., "Internet Message Format",RFC 5322,              DOI 10.17487/RFC5322, October 2008,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc5322>.   [RFC5789]  Dusseault, L. and J. Snell, "PATCH Method for HTTP",RFC 5789, DOI 10.17487/RFC5789, March 2010,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc5789>.   [RFC5905]  Mills, D., Martin, J., Ed., Burbank, J., and W. Kasch,              "Network Time Protocol Version 4: Protocol and Algorithms              Specification",RFC 5905, DOI 10.17487/RFC5905, June 2010,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc5905>.   [RFC6265]  Barth, A., "HTTP State Management Mechanism",RFC 6265,              DOI 10.17487/RFC6265, April 2011,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc6265>.   [RFC6585]  Nottingham, M. and R. Fielding, "Additional HTTP Status              Codes",RFC 6585, DOI 10.17487/RFC6585, April 2012,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc6585>.   [RFC7230]  Fielding, R., Ed. and J. Reschke, Ed., "Hypertext Transfer              Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Message Syntax and Routing",RFC 7230, DOI 10.17487/RFC7230, June 2014,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7230>.   [RFC7231]  Fielding, R., Ed. and J. Reschke, Ed., "Hypertext Transfer              Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Semantics and Content",RFC 7231,              DOI 10.17487/RFC7231, June 2014,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7231>.   [RFC7232]  Fielding, R., Ed. and J. Reschke, Ed., "Hypertext Transfer              Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Conditional Requests",RFC 7232,              DOI 10.17487/RFC7232, June 2014,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7232>.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 169]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   [RFC7233]  Fielding, R., Ed., Lafon, Y., Ed., and J. Reschke, Ed.,              "Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP): Range Requests",RFC 7233, DOI 10.17487/RFC7233, June 2014,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7233>.   [RFC7235]  Fielding, R., Ed. and J. Reschke, Ed., "Hypertext Transfer              Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Authentication",RFC 7235,              DOI 10.17487/RFC7235, June 2014,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7235>.   [RFC7538]  Reschke, J., "The Hypertext Transfer Protocol Status Code              308 (Permanent Redirect)",RFC 7538, DOI 10.17487/RFC7538,              April 2015, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7538>.   [RFC7578]  Masinter, L., "Returning Values from Forms: multipart/              form-data",RFC 7578, DOI 10.17487/RFC7578, July 2015,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7578>.   [RFC7615]  Reschke, J., "HTTP Authentication-Info and Proxy-              Authentication-Info Response Header Fields",RFC 7615,              DOI 10.17487/RFC7615, September 2015,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7615>.   [RFC7616]  Shekh-Yusef, R., Ed., Ahrens, D., and S. Bremer, "HTTP              Digest Access Authentication",RFC 7616,              DOI 10.17487/RFC7616, September 2015,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7616>.   [RFC7617]  Reschke, J., "The 'Basic' HTTP Authentication Scheme",RFC 7617, DOI 10.17487/RFC7617, September 2015,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7617>.   [RFC8126]  Cotton, M., Leiba, B., and T. Narten, "Guidelines for              Writing an IANA Considerations Section in RFCs",BCP 26,RFC 8126, DOI 10.17487/RFC8126, June 2017,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8126>.   [RFC8187]  Reschke, J., "Indicating Character Encoding and Language              for HTTP Header Field Parameters",RFC 8187,              DOI 10.17487/RFC8187, September 2017,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8187>.   [RFC8246]  McManus, P., "HTTP Immutable Responses",RFC 8246,              DOI 10.17487/RFC8246, September 2017,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8246>.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 170]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   [RFC8288]  Nottingham, M., "Web Linking",RFC 8288,              DOI 10.17487/RFC8288, October 2017,              <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8288>.   [Sniffing]              WHATWG, "MIME Sniffing",              <https://mimesniff.spec.whatwg.org>.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 171]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019Appendix A.  Collected ABNF   In the collected ABNF below, list rules are expanded as perSection 11.   Accept = [ ( "," / ( media-range [ accept-params ] ) ) *( OWS "," [    OWS ( media-range [ accept-params ] ) ] ) ]   Accept-Charset = *( "," OWS ) ( ( charset / "*" ) [ weight ] ) *( OWS    "," [ OWS ( ( charset / "*" ) [ weight ] ) ] )   Accept-Encoding = [ ( "," / ( codings [ weight ] ) ) *( OWS "," [ OWS    ( codings [ weight ] ) ] ) ]   Accept-Language = *( "," OWS ) ( language-range [ weight ] ) *( OWS    "," [ OWS ( language-range [ weight ] ) ] )   Accept-Ranges = acceptable-ranges   Allow = [ method ] *( OWS "," OWS [ method ] )   Authentication-Info = [ auth-param ] *( OWS "," OWS [ auth-param ] )   Authorization = credentials   BWS = OWS   Content-Encoding = [ content-coding ] *( OWS "," OWS [ content-coding    ] )   Content-Language = [ language-tag ] *( OWS "," OWS [ language-tag ]    )   Content-Length = 1*DIGIT   Content-Location = absolute-URI / partial-URI   Content-Range = byte-content-range / other-content-range   Content-Type = media-type   Date = HTTP-date   ETag = entity-tag   Expect = "100-continue"   From = mailbox   GMT = %x47.4D.54 ; GMT   HTTP-date = IMF-fixdate / obs-date   Host = uri-host [ ":" port ]   IMF-fixdate = day-name "," SP date1 SP time-of-day SP GMT   If-Match = "*" / ( [ entity-tag ] *( OWS "," OWS [ entity-tag ] ) )   If-Modified-Since = HTTP-date   If-None-Match = "*" / ( [ entity-tag ] *( OWS "," OWS [ entity-tag ]    ) )   If-Range = entity-tag / HTTP-date   If-Unmodified-Since = HTTP-dateFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 172]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   Last-Modified = HTTP-date   Location = URI-reference   Max-Forwards = 1*DIGIT   OWS = *( SP / HTAB )   Proxy-Authenticate = [ challenge ] *( OWS "," OWS [ challenge ] )   Proxy-Authentication-Info = [ auth-param ] *( OWS "," OWS [    auth-param ] )   Proxy-Authorization = credentials   RWS = 1*( SP / HTAB )   Range = byte-ranges-specifier / other-ranges-specifier   Referer = absolute-URI / partial-URI   Retry-After = HTTP-date / delay-seconds   Server = product *( RWS ( product / comment ) )   Trailer = [ field-name ] *( OWS "," OWS [ field-name ] )   URI-reference = <URI-reference, see[RFC3986], Section 4.1>   User-Agent = product *( RWS ( product / comment ) )   Vary = "*" / ( [ field-name ] *( OWS "," OWS [ field-name ] ) )   Via = *( "," OWS ) ( received-protocol RWS received-by [ RWS comment    ] ) *( OWS "," [ OWS ( received-protocol RWS received-by [ RWS    comment ] ) ] )   WWW-Authenticate = [ challenge ] *( OWS "," OWS [ challenge ] )   absolute-URI = <absolute-URI, see[RFC3986], Section 4.3>   absolute-path = 1*( "/" segment )   accept-ext = OWS ";" OWS token [ "=" ( token / quoted-string ) ]   accept-params = weight *accept-ext   acceptable-ranges = ( [ range-unit ] *( OWS "," OWS [ range-unit ] )    ) / "none"   asctime-date = day-name SP date3 SP time-of-day SP year   auth-param = token BWS "=" BWS ( token / quoted-string )   auth-scheme = token   authority = <authority, see[RFC3986], Section 3.2>   byte-content-range = bytes-unit SP ( byte-range-resp /    unsatisfied-range )   byte-range = first-byte-pos "-" last-byte-pos   byte-range-resp = byte-range "/" ( complete-length / "*" )   byte-range-set = *( "," OWS ) ( byte-range-spec /    suffix-byte-range-spec ) *( OWS "," [ OWS ( byte-range-spec /Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 173]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019    suffix-byte-range-spec ) ] )   byte-range-spec = first-byte-pos "-" [ last-byte-pos ]   byte-ranges-specifier = bytes-unit "=" byte-range-set   bytes-unit = "bytes"   challenge = auth-scheme [ 1*SP ( token68 / ( [ auth-param ] *( OWS    "," OWS [ auth-param ] ) ) ) ]   charset = token   codings = content-coding / "identity" / "*"   comment = "(" *( ctext / quoted-pair / comment ) ")"   complete-length = 1*DIGIT   content-coding = token   credentials = auth-scheme [ 1*SP ( token68 / ( [ auth-param ] *( OWS    "," OWS [ auth-param ] ) ) ) ]   ctext = HTAB / SP / %x21-27 ; '!'-'''    / %x2A-5B ; '*'-'['    / %x5D-7E ; ']'-'~'    / obs-text   date1 = day SP month SP year   date2 = day "-" month "-" 2DIGIT   date3 = month SP ( 2DIGIT / ( SP DIGIT ) )   day = 2DIGIT   day-name = %x4D.6F.6E ; Mon    / %x54.75.65 ; Tue    / %x57.65.64 ; Wed    / %x54.68.75 ; Thu    / %x46.72.69 ; Fri    / %x53.61.74 ; Sat    / %x53.75.6E ; Sun   day-name-l = %x4D.6F.6E.64.61.79 ; Monday    / %x54.75.65.73.64.61.79 ; Tuesday    / %x57.65.64.6E.65.73.64.61.79 ; Wednesday    / %x54.68.75.72.73.64.61.79 ; Thursday    / %x46.72.69.64.61.79 ; Friday    / %x53.61.74.75.72.64.61.79 ; Saturday    / %x53.75.6E.64.61.79 ; Sunday   delay-seconds = 1*DIGIT   entity-tag = [ weak ] opaque-tag   etagc = "!" / %x23-7E ; '#'-'~'    / obs-text   field-content = field-vchar [ 1*( SP / HTAB / field-vchar )    field-vchar ]   field-name = token   field-value = *( field-content / obs-fold )   field-vchar = VCHAR / obs-textFielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 174]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   first-byte-pos = 1*DIGIT   hour = 2DIGIT   http-URI = "http://" authority path-abempty [ "?" query ]   https-URI = "https://" authority path-abempty [ "?" query ]   language-range = <language-range, see[RFC4647], Section 2.1>   language-tag = <Language-Tag, see[RFC5646], Section 2.1>   last-byte-pos = 1*DIGIT   mailbox = <mailbox, see[RFC5322], Section 3.4>   media-range = ( "*/*" / ( type "/*" ) / ( type "/" subtype ) ) *( OWS    ";" OWS parameter )   media-type = type "/" subtype *( OWS ";" OWS parameter )   method = token   minute = 2DIGIT   month = %x4A.61.6E ; Jan    / %x46.65.62 ; Feb    / %x4D.61.72 ; Mar    / %x41.70.72 ; Apr    / %x4D.61.79 ; May    / %x4A.75.6E ; Jun    / %x4A.75.6C ; Jul    / %x41.75.67 ; Aug    / %x53.65.70 ; Sep    / %x4F.63.74 ; Oct    / %x4E.6F.76 ; Nov    / %x44.65.63 ; Dec   obs-date =rfc850-date / asctime-date   obs-fold = <obs-fold, see [Messaging], Section 5.2>   obs-text = %x80-FF   opaque-tag = DQUOTE *etagc DQUOTE   other-content-range = other-range-unit SP other-range-resp   other-range-resp = *VCHAR   other-range-set = 1*VCHAR   other-range-unit = token   other-ranges-specifier = other-range-unit "=" other-range-set   parameter = parameter-name "=" parameter-value   parameter-name = token   parameter-value = ( token / quoted-string )   partial-URI = relative-part [ "?" query ]   path-abempty = <path-abempty, see[RFC3986], Section 3.3>   port = <port, see[RFC3986], Section 3.2.3>   product = token [ "/" product-version ]   product-version = token   protocol-name = <protocol-name, see [Messaging], Section 9.8>Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 175]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   protocol-version = <protocol-version, see [Messaging], Section 9.8>   pseudonym = token   qdtext = HTAB / SP / "!" / %x23-5B ; '#'-'['    / %x5D-7E ; ']'-'~'    / obs-text   query = <query, see[RFC3986], Section 3.4>   quoted-pair = "\" ( HTAB / SP / VCHAR / obs-text )   quoted-string = DQUOTE *( qdtext / quoted-pair ) DQUOTE   qvalue = ( "0" [ "." *3DIGIT ] ) / ( "1" [ "." *3"0" ] )   range-unit = bytes-unit / other-range-unit   received-by = ( uri-host [ ":" port ] ) / pseudonym   received-protocol = [ protocol-name "/" ] protocol-version   relative-part = <relative-part, see[RFC3986], Section 4.2>   request-target = <request-target, see [Messaging], Section 3.2>rfc850-date = day-name-l "," SP date2 SP time-of-day SP GMT   second = 2DIGIT   segment = <segment, see[RFC3986], Section 3.3>   subtype = token   suffix-byte-range-spec = "-" suffix-length   suffix-length = 1*DIGIT   tchar = "!" / "#" / "$" / "%" / "&" / "'" / "*" / "+" / "-" / "." /    "^" / "_" / "`" / "|" / "~" / DIGIT / ALPHA   time-of-day = hour ":" minute ":" second   token = 1*tchar   token68 = 1*( ALPHA / DIGIT / "-" / "." / "_" / "~" / "+" / "/" )    *"="   type = token   unsatisfied-range = "*/" complete-length   uri-host = <host, see[RFC3986], Section 3.2.2>   weak = %x57.2F ; W/   weight = OWS ";" OWS "q=" qvalue   year = 4DIGITAppendix B.  Changes fromRFC 7230   Most of the sections introducing HTTP's design goals, history,   architecture, conformance criteria, protocol versioning, URIs,   message routing, and header field values have been moved here   (without substantive change).   Furthermore:Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 176]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   Add status code 308 (previously defined in [RFC7538]) so that it's   defined closer to status codes 301, 302, and 307.  (Section 9.4.9)   Add status code 422 (previously defined inSection 11.2 of [RFC4918])   because of it's general applicability.  (Section 9.5.20)Appendix C.  Changes fromRFC 7231   None yet.Appendix D.  Changes fromRFC 7232   None yet.Appendix E.  Changes fromRFC 7233   None yet.Appendix F.  Changes fromRFC 7235   None yet.Appendix G.  Changes fromRFC 7538   None yet.Appendix H.  Changes fromRFC 7615   None yet.Appendix I.  Change Log   This section is to be removed before publishing as an RFC.I.1.  Between RFC723x and draft 00   The changes were purely editorial:   o  Change boilerplate and abstract to indicate the "draft" status,      and update references to ancestor specifications.   o  Remove version "1.1" from document title, indicating that this      specification applies to all HTTP versions.   o  Adjust historical notes.   o  Update links to sibling specifications.Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 177]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   o  Replace sections listing changes fromRFC 2616 by new empty      sections referring to RFC 723x.   o  Remove acknowledgements specific to RFC 723x.   o  Move "Acknowledgements" to the very end and make them unnumbered.I.2.  Sincedraft-ietf-httpbis-semantics-00   The changes in this draft are editorial, with respect to HTTP as a   whole, to merge core HTTP semantics into this document:   o  Merged introduction, architecture, conformance, and ABNF      extensions fromRFC 7230 (Messaging).   o  Rearranged architecture to extract conformance, http(s) schemes,      and protocol versioning into a separate major section.   o  Moved discussion of MIME differences to [Messaging] since that is      primarily concerned with transforming 1.1 messages.   o  Merged entire content ofRFC 7232 (Conditional Requests).   o  Merged entire content ofRFC 7233 (Range Requests).   o  Merged entire content ofRFC 7235 (Auth Framework).   o  Moved all extensibility tips, registration procedures, and      registry tables from the IANA considerations to normative      sections, reducing the IANA considerations to just instructions      that will be removed prior to publication as an RFC.I.3.  Sincedraft-ietf-httpbis-semantics-01   o  Improve [Welch] citation (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/63>)   o  Remove HTTP/1.1-ism about Range Requests      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/71>)   o  CiteRFC 8126 instead ofRFC 5226 (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/75>)   o  CiteRFC 7538 instead ofRFC 7238 (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/76>)   o  CiteRFC 8288 instead ofRFC 5988 (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/77>)Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 178]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   o  CiteRFC 8187 instead ofRFC 5987 (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/78>)   o  CiteRFC 7578 instead ofRFC 2388 (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/79>)   o  CiteRFC 7595 instead ofRFC 4395 (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/80>)   o  improve ABNF readability for qdtext (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/81>, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid4891>)   o  Clarify "resource" vs "representation" in definition of status      code 416 (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/83>,      <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid4664>)   o  Resolved erratum 4072, no change needed here      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/84>,      <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid4072>)   o  Clarify DELETE status code suggestions      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/85>,      <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid4436>)   o  InSection 6.3.3, fix ABNF for "other-range-resp" to use VCHAR      instead of CHAR (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/86>,      <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid4707>)   o  Resolved erratum 5162, no change needed here      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/89>,      <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid5162>)   o  Replace "response code" with "response status code" and "status-      code" (the ABNF production name from the HTTP/1.1 message format)      by "status code" (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/94>,      <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid4050>)   o  Added a missing word inSection 9.4 (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/98>, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid4452>)   o  InSection 11, fixed an example that had trailing whitespace where      it shouldn't (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/104>,      <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid4169>)   o  InSection 9.3.7, remove words that were potentially misleading      with respect to the relation to the requested ranges      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/102>,      <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid4358>)Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 179]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019I.4.  Sincedraft-ietf-httpbis-semantics-02   o  Included (Proxy-)Auth-Info header field definition fromRFC 7615      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/9>)   o  InSection 7.3.3, clarify POST caching      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/17>)   o  AddSection 9.5.19 to reserve the 418 status code      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/43>)   o  InSection 2.1 andSection 8.1.1, clarified when a response can be      sent (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/82>)   o  InSection 6.1.1.1, explain the difference between the "token"      production, theRFC 2978 ABNF for charset names, and the actual      registration practice (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/100>, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid4689>)   o  InSection 2.5, removed the fragment component in the URI scheme      definitions as perSection 4.3 of [RFC3986], furthermore moved      fragment discussion into a separate section      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/103>,      <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid4251>, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid4252>)   o  InSection 3.5, add language about minor HTTP version number      defaulting (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/115>)   o  AddedSection 9.5.20 for status code 422, previously defined inSection 11.2 of [RFC4918] (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/123>)   o  InSection 9.5.17, fixed prose about byte range comparison      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/135>,      <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid5474>)   o  InSection 2.1, explain that request/response correlation is      version specific (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/145>)I.5.  Sincedraft-ietf-httpbis-semantics-03   o  InSection 9.4.9, include status code 308 fromRFC 7538      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/3>)Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 180]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   o  InSection 6.1.1, clarify that the charset parameter value is      case-insensitive due to the definition inRFC 2046      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/13>)   o  Define a separate registry for HTTP header field names      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/42>)   o  InSection 8.4, refactor and clarify description of wildcard ("*")      handling (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/46>)   o  Deprecate Accept-Charset (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/61>)   o  InSection 8.2.1, mention Cache-Control: immutable      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/69>)   o  InSection 4.2.1, clarify when header field combination is allowed      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/74>)   o  InSection 13.4, instruct IANA to mark Content-MD5 as obsolete      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/93>)   o  UseRFC 7405 ABNF notation for case-sensitive string constants      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/133>)   o  ReworkSection 2.1 to be more version-independent      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/142>)   o  InSection 7.3.5, clarify that DELETE needs to be successful to      invalidate cache (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/167>, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid5541>)I.6.  Sincedraft-ietf-httpbis-semantics-04   o  InSection 4.2, fix field-content ABNF      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/19>,      <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid4189>)   o  MoveSection 4.2.3.4 into its own section      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/45>)   o  InSection 6.2.1, reference MIME Sniffing      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/51>)   o  InSection 11, simplify the #rule mapping for recipients      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/164>,      <https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid5257>)Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 181]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   o  InSection 7.3.7, remove misleading text about "extension" of HTTP      is needed to define method payloads (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/204>)   o  Fix editorial issue inSection 6 (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/223>)   o  InSection 9.5.20, rephrase language not to use "entity" anymore,      and also avoid lowercase "may" (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/224>)   o  Move discussion of retries from [Messaging] intoSection 7.2.2      (<https://github.com/httpwg/http-core/issues/230>)Index   1      100 Continue (status code)  110      100-continue (expect value)  77      101 Switching Protocols (status code)  110      1xx Informational (status code class)  109   2      200 OK (status code)  110      201 Created (status code)  111      202 Accepted (status code)  111      203 Non-Authoritative Information (status code)  112      204 No Content (status code)  112      205 Reset Content (status code)  113      206 Partial Content (status code)  113      2xx Successful (status code class)  110   3      300 Multiple Choices (status code)  118      301 Moved Permanently (status code)  119      302 Found (status code)  119      303 See Other (status code)  120      304 Not Modified (status code)  120      305 Use Proxy (status code)  121      306 (Unused) (status code)  121      307 Temporary Redirect (status code)  121      308 Permanent Redirect (status code)  122      3xx Redirection (status code class)  116   4      400 Bad Request (status code)  122      401 Unauthorized (status code)  122      402 Payment Required (status code)  123Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 182]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019      403 Forbidden (status code)  123      404 Not Found (status code)  123      405 Method Not Allowed (status code)  124      406 Not Acceptable (status code)  124      407 Proxy Authentication Required (status code)  124      408 Request Timeout (status code)  124      409 Conflict (status code)  125      410 Gone (status code)  125      411 Length Required (status code)  125      412 Precondition Failed (status code)  126      413 Payload Too Large (status code)  126      414 URI Too Long (status code)  126      415 Unsupported Media Type (status code)  126      416 Range Not Satisfiable (status code)  127      417 Expectation Failed (status code)  127      418 (Unused) (status code)  127      422 Unprocessable Payload (status code)  128      426 Upgrade Required (status code)  128      4xx Client Error (status code class)  122   5      500 Internal Server Error (status code)  129      501 Not Implemented (status code)  129      502 Bad Gateway (status code)  129      503 Service Unavailable (status code)  129      504 Gateway Timeout (status code)  129      505 HTTP Version Not Supported (status code)  129      5xx Server Error (status code class)  128   A      Accept header field  93      Accept-Charset header field  95      Accept-Encoding header field  96      Accept-Language header field  97      Accept-Ranges header field  150      Allow header field  150      Authentication-Info header field  148      Authorization header field  101      accelerator  13      authoritative response  153   B      browser  10   C      CONNECT method  72      Canonical Root URI  100      Content-Encoding header field  49Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 183]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019      Content-Language header field  50      Content-Length header field  50      Content-Location header field  52      Content-MD5 header field  163      Content-Range header field  55      Content-Type header field  48      cache  14      cacheable  14, 66      captive portal  13      client  10      compress (Coding Format)  43      compress (content coding)  42      conditional request  80      connection  10      content coding  42      content negotiation  8   D      DELETE method  71      Date header field  134      Delimiters  29      deflate (Coding Format)  43      deflate (content coding)  42      downstream  12   E      ETag header field  142      Expect header field  77      effective request URI  34   F      Fragment Identifiers  18      From header field  104   G      GET method  66      Grammar         absolute-path  15         absolute-URI  15         Accept  93         Accept-Charset  95         Accept-Encoding  96         accept-ext  93         Accept-Language  97         accept-params  93         Accept-Ranges  150         acceptable-ranges  150         Allow  150Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 184]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019         ALPHA  9         asctime-date  133         auth-param  99         auth-scheme  99         Authentication-Info  148         authority  15         Authorization  101         BWS  32         byte-content-range  56         byte-range  56         byte-range-resp  56         byte-range-set  45         byte-range-spec  45         byte-ranges-specifier  45         bytes-unit  44-45         challenge  99         charset  40         codings  96         comment  30         complete-length  56         content-coding  42         Content-Encoding  49         Content-Language  50         Content-Length  50         Content-Location  52         Content-Range  56         Content-Type  48         CR  9         credentials  100         CRLF  9         ctext  30         CTL  9         Date  134         date1  133         day  133         day-name  133         day-name-l  133         delay-seconds  136         DIGIT  9         DQUOTE  9         entity-tag  143         ETag  143         etagc  143         Expect  77         field-content  28         field-name  23, 32         field-value  28         field-vchar  28Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 185]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019         first-byte-pos  45         From  104         GMT  133         HEXDIG  9         Host  34         hour  133         HTAB  9         HTTP-date  132         http-URI  16         https-URI  18         If-Match  84         If-Modified-Since  86         If-None-Match  85         If-Range  89         If-Unmodified-Since  87         IMF-fixdate  133         language-range  97         language-tag  44         last-byte-pos  45         Last-Modified  140         LF  9         Location  135         Max-Forwards  79         media-range  93         media-type  40         method  62         minute  133         month  133         obs-date  133         obs-text  30         OCTET  9         opaque-tag  143         other-content-range  56         other-range-resp  56         other-range-unit  44, 47         OWS  32         parameter  30         parameter-name  30         parameter-value  30         partial-URI  15         port  15         product  106         product-version  106         protocol-name  36         protocol-version  36         Proxy-Authenticate  148         Proxy-Authentication-Info  149         Proxy-Authorization  101Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 186]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019         pseudonym  36         qdtext  30         query  15         quoted-pair  30         quoted-string  30         qvalue  93         Range  90         range-unit  44         ranges-specifier  45         received-by  36         received-protocol  36         Referer  105         Retry-After  136rfc850-date  133         RWS  32         second  133         segment  15         Server  151         SP  9         subtype  40         suffix-byte-range-spec  46         suffix-length  46         tchar  29         time-of-day  133         token  29         token68  99         Trailer  32         type  40         unsatisfied-range  56         uri-host  15         URI-reference  15         User-Agent  106         Vary  137         VCHAR  9         Via  36         weak  143         weight  93         WWW-Authenticate  147         year  133      gateway  13      gzip (Coding Format)  43      gzip (content coding)  42   H      HEAD method  67      Host header field  34      http URI scheme  16      https URI scheme  17Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 187]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   I      If-Match header field  84      If-Modified-Since header field  86      If-None-Match header field  85      If-Range header field  88      If-Unmodified-Since header field  87      idempotent  65      inbound  12      interception proxy  13      intermediary  12   L      Last-Modified header field  140      Location header field  135   M      Max-Forwards header field  79      Media Type         multipart/byteranges  57         multipart/x-byteranges  58      message  11      metadata  138      multipart/byteranges Media Type  57      multipart/x-byteranges Media Type  58   N      non-transforming proxy  38   O      OPTIONS method  73      origin server  10      outbound  12   P      POST method  67      PUT method  68      Protection Space  100      Proxy-Authenticate header field  148      Proxy-Authentication-Info header field  149      Proxy-Authorization header field  101      payload  54      phishing  153      proxy  12   R      Range header field  90      Realm  100      Referer header field  105Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 188]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019      Retry-After header field  136      recipient  10      representation  39      request  11      resource  15      response  11      reverse proxy  13   S      Server header field  151      Status Codes Classes         1xx Informational  109         2xx Successful  110         3xx Redirection  116         4xx Client Error  122         5xx Server Error  128      safe  64      selected representation  39, 80, 138      sender  10      server  10      spider  10   T      TRACE method  74      Trailer header field  32      target URI  33      target resource  33      transforming proxy  38      transparent proxy  13      tunnel  13   U      URI scheme         http  16         https  17      User-Agent header field  106      upstream  12      user agent  10   V      Vary header field  137      Via header field  36      validator  138         strong  139         weak  139   W      WWW-Authenticate header field  147Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 189]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   X      x-compress (content coding)  42      x-gzip (content coding)  42Acknowledgments   This edition of the HTTP specification builds on the many   contributions that went intoRFC 1945,RFC 2068,RFC 2145, andRFC2616, including substantial contributions made by the previous   authors, editors, and Working Group Chairs: Tim Berners-Lee, Ari   Luotonen, Roy T.  Fielding, Henrik Frystyk Nielsen, Jim Gettys,   Jeffrey C.  Mogul, Larry Masinter, Paul J.  Leach, and Yves Lafon.   SeeSection 10 of [RFC7230] for further acknowledgements from prior   revisions.   In addition, this document has reincorporated the HTTP Authentication   Framework, previously defined inRFC 7235 andRFC 2617.  We thank   John Franks, Phillip M.  Hallam-Baker, Jeffery L.  Hostetler, Scott   D.  Lawrence, Paul J.  Leach, Ari Luotonen, and Lawrence C.  Stewart   for their work on that specification.  SeeSection 6 of [RFC2617] for   further acknowledgements.   [[newacks: New acks to be added here.]]Authors' Addresses   Roy T. Fielding (editor)   Adobe   345 Park Ave   San Jose, CA  95110   USA   EMail: fielding@gbiv.com   URI:https://roy.gbiv.com/   Mark Nottingham (editor)   Fastly   EMail: mnot@mnot.net   URI:https://www.mnot.net/Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 190]

Internet-Draft               HTTP Semantics                    July 2019   Julian F. Reschke (editor)   greenbytes GmbH   Hafenweg 16   Muenster, NW  48155   Germany   EMail: julian.reschke@greenbytes.de   URI:https://greenbytes.de/tech/webdav/Fielding, et al.         Expires January 9, 2020              [Page 191]
Datatracker

draft-ietf-httpbis-semantics-05

This is an older version of an Internet-Draft that was ultimately published asRFC 9110.

DocumentDocument type
This is an older version of an Internet-Draft that was ultimately published asRFC 9110.
Select version
Compare versions
AuthorsRoy T. Fielding,Mark Nottingham,Julian Reschke
Replacesdraft-fielding-httpbis-http-semantics
draft-ietf-httpbis-auth
draft-ietf-httpbis-conditional
draft-ietf-httpbis-range
draft-nottingham-httpbis-header-registry
RFC streamIETF LogoIETF Logo
Other formats
Additional resources Mailing list discussion
Report a datatracker bug

[8]ページ先頭

©2009-2026 Movatter.jp